ING Groep NV Sponsored ADR Aktie

Good morning. This is Laura. Welcoming you to ING's 3Q 2026 Conference Call. Before handing this conference call over to Steven J. van Rijswijk, Chief Executive Officer of ING Group, Let me first say that today's comments may include forward-looking statements such as statements regarding future developments in our business, expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact.

Actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. A discussion of factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement is contained in our public filings, including our most reason annual report on Form filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our earnings press release as posted on our website today.

Furthermore, nothing in today's comments constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of Enova-Dubai, any securities.

Good morning, Steven, over to you.

Good morning, and good morning to you all. Welcome to our results call for the third quarter of 2026. I hope that you're doing well. As usual, I'm joined by our CFO, Ida Lerner; and our CRO, Andrea Cesaroni, since launching our growing a different strategy in 2024, we have made significant progress delivering on our strategic priorities and performing well ahead of our financial targets. And today, I will discuss how the disciplined execution of our strategy is driving profitable growth, supported by structural drivers.

After that, Ida will walk you through the quarterly financials. And at the end of the call, we will be happy to take your questions. And with that, -- we now move to Slide #2. And on Slide #2, you see that continue to see strong customer activity across the franchise alongside clear momentum and profitability. Importantly, these developments go hand-in-hand. We are growing our customer base, becoming the primary bank for more customers, and we're deepening those relationships through more products and higher volumes.

And increasingly, we do this through a scalable operating model, which drives income growth and diversification. It drives positive operating jaws and it drives higher profitability and that is the engine to our strategy, enabling us to grow, generate capital and deliver attractive shareholder returns. Now in the third quarter, we added 259,000 mobile primary customers taking our growth over the past 12 months to more than EUR 1.1 million ahead of our Capital Markets Day target that we set in 2024.

Growing primary relationships is particularly valuable as it drives deeper engagement, greater cross-selling, higher balances and ultimately, more income per customer. And this momentum is also reflected in strong loan growth of 6% annualized, supported by continued demand across our markets and customer deposits also grew at an annualized rate of 6% and underlying the strength of our customer franchise and deposit gathering capabilities.

Fee income increased 9% year-on-year, supported by customer growth and higher engagement both retail and wholesale banking and sustainable volume mobilized that increased with 19% year-to-date, 1-9, as we continue to support clients in their sustainable transitions and overall strong customer activity translated into income growth of 6.6% over the last 12 months, while cost growth remained contained at around 2%. Positive operating jaws of more than 4 percentage points demonstrate the increasing scalability of our business. And as a result, we delivered a 16% return on tangible equity in the third quarter with our 4 quarter rolling ROTE improving by 2 percentage points year-on-year.

Now let's now look more closely at what is driving the increase in our return on tangible equity on Page 3. And on that page, you see that we break down the roughly 2 percentage points year-on-year increase in ROTE and more than 80% of that improvement is supported by a number of strategic drivers. And when we launched our growing a different strategy, we identified 3 key levers to structurally improve profitability, and we've made strong progress on each with further runway ahead. First of all, we have grown our fee business and diversified our income, and we will continue adding capabilities to further deepen our customer relationships.

Secondly, we have strengthened our operating leverage and improved the operating jaws with further upside as we increasingly support commercial growth with capable solutions; and thirdly, we have reallocated capital to improve our overall return profile. And we will continue to shift capital from Wholesale Banking towards Retail Banking while unlocking additional risk-weighted assets through ongoing capital discipline. Now alongside these strategic levers margins remain supportive to our overall profitability, and we continue to optimize pricing across our customer relationships while benefiting from the tailwinds through our replicating portfolio.

Our third quarter performance underscores a clear message. The improvement in profitability is predominantly structural supported by consistent strategy execution with further runway ahead. And in the next 3 slides, I will further zoom in on each of these 3 strategic levers, starting with fee income on Slide 4 and if you look at Slide 4, and there we gave the example of retail banking. There, you see that how our retail banking growth strategy is translating into more customers into deeper relationships and ultimately, higher fee income per customer.

And we continue to grow our customer base, adding 900,000 customers over the past 12 months, reaching more than EUR 41 million in total. But more importantly, mobile primary customers even grew faster by more than EUR 1.1 million. And as more customers choose ING as their primary bank, engagement deepens and product adoption increases, as reflected in the growing share of customers with 3 or more products. And that's important because primary customers are significantly more valuable than I've said it before. They are 7x more loyal at 4x more digital interactions and are 2x more profitable.

We also see the deeper -- these deeper relationships translating into a higher share of wallet. Average funds and trusted per customer that's on the right-hand side of the page have increased, driven by both higher deposits and higher assets under management as more customers choose RNG for their investments. Higher engagement and product adoption also drive fee income expansion with average fees per private individual customer up 14%. So in short, we have a strong business model.

We're growing our customer base, converting more of these customers into primary relationships and deepening those relationships subsequently. And this increases our relevance to our customers, drives higher value per customers entrance and creates an incredible foundation for future growth. Now let me take you to Slide 5 to discuss the second lever that we discussed on Page 2. And on Slide 5, we demonstrate how we increasingly are enabling scalable growth. Now ING has a strong track record of digitalization with the vast majority of our key customer journey is now fully straight through and requiring no human intervention.

And that is critical not only to delivering a superior customer experience, but also to achieving true cost efficiency. And alongside our high level of digitalization, we've built strong foundational capabilities that allow us to scale more efficiently. Our global hubs network brings together a substantial part of our operations workforce and tech employees in a fully integrated and scalable organization that drives productivity and strengthens operational resilience.

And these key capabilities in turn have allowed us to absorb significant commercial growth and to invest further in further expanding our business without requiring additional resources. So if you look year-on-year, we have reduced our head count by 1.5%, and we are significantly front drilling our productivity targets that we had set for 2027 and we see more opportunities ahead. In parallel with making the existing bank more digital and efficient, we are also developing new propositions that enhance customer value and create opportunities for future growth.

And increasingly, we're building those propositions globally, enabling us to scale efficiently across markets. And in depth, our global investment platform, for example, is a good example already live in the Netherlands, in Belgium, Italy and Romania, and it brings together ING's investment capabilities on a single platform. And that enables faster product development and more consistent customer experience across markets and greater responsiveness to changing customer needs. And together, these capabilities allow us then to capture increasing benefits of scale, supporting sustainable and profitable growth.

Now let's go to Slide 6. That was the third lever I was talking about. And on Slide 6, we see the combined effects of consistently executing all the components of our growing the different strategy, growing our customer base, deepening relationships and diversifying income at scale is then driving that positive operating leverage and higher profitability. And then we deployed the capital generated towards profitable growth and selective M&A and then we'll return structurally excess capital to shareholders. And this increasingly convert profitability into EPS growth you see it on the left-hand side of the page with EPS up 17% year-on-year. Now furthermore, our capital generation is amplified by disciplined RWA management. On a year-on-year basis, we consumed EUR 10 billion of risk-weighted assets for business growth, but that was, however, more than offset by increased capital efficiency.

And that increased capital efficiency includes execution of SRT where in the third quarter we were active across both wholesale and retail banking, realizing EUR 3 billion of relief to our risk-weighted assets. So if you look at it on a year-to-date basis, we have now freed up 16 basis points of our CET1 ratio through our SRT program. And overall, there's a strong demonstration of increased capital generation and disciplined RWA management at the same time. Let's now discuss Slide 7, where I will show how the how this all result in a highly attractive shareholder returns.

So on that waterfall on Slide 7, we now show how disciplined capital management has allowed us to announce a EUR 1.9 billion additional distribution while simultaneously improving our CET1 ratio to 13.3%. Since our previous distribution in the first quarter, we have generated EUR 3.8 billion of net profit, which is equivalent to 1.1 percentage point of CET1 and of that, 50% has been reserved for our regular dividend distribution policy. And the other 50% was also fully reserved outside of CET1, which over the course of 2 quarters, added up to -- sorry, EUR 1.9 billion that we have announced today for distribution.

And we were able to do this, first of all, on the back of the continued resilience of our business model and asset quality and secondly, because of our increased capital efficiency as the incremental capital consumption from business growth was more than offset by improved capital velocity. And as a result, we were able to reserve all profits generated over the past 6 months for distribution, while further strengthening our CET1 ratio by 30 basis points to 13.3%.

And our distribution policy remains unchanged. Any capital that we consider to be structurally in excess of 13% or in other words, capital that is not needed for operational, regulatory or inorganic purposes will be returned to shareholders and we will provide you with the next update on this with our first quarter results of 2027. Now let's move to Slide 9. That's the slide on the outlook and will again talk you through the main components of our outlook for '26 and '27, as I did in the last quarter. This year, we are again on track to add 1 million mobile primary customers.

In fee income, we are performing well ahead of plan, and we expect to already reach the EUR 5 billion mark this year, 1 year ahead of our original plan and on the back of strong momentum, both in commercial and in fee income, total income is expected to exceed our original target for 2027 by at least EUR 1 billion. And while client activity and volumes were significantly stronger than previously expected, our operating expenses are expected to land around EUR 300 million below our original target for 2027 and that clearly reflects our substantially stronger operating leverage than previously anticipated with a projected cost income ratio and '27 is several percentage points lower than what we had guided during our previous Capital Markets Day.

And combined with the progress in capital efficiency, we expect our return on tangible equity to exceed our capital Markets Day Target for '27 by these 2 percentage points to above the 16%. And it is evident that through the consistent execution of our strategy, we are delivering on a broad range of catalysts will continue to support rising profitability and EPS in the years to come. Then we go to Slide 10. And there, we announced the next strategic step in Wholesale Banking, but let me first take a step back. We have a strong franchise in Wholesale Banking, serving more than 4,000 of the world's largest corporates and financial institutions across 36 countries on the ground.

We play an important role as a gateway to Europe for multinational clients in the Americas and Asia Pacific, while supporting the European economy by financing growth, financing innovation and the transitions that will shape the coming decades. Then when we look at what we have done in recent years and create greater value in Wholesale Banking, we have made good progress against our strategic priorities. We're diversifying income, we're growing deposits. We broadened our distribution capabilities and we increased capital velocity.

And that gives us a solid foundation from which to take a next step and further develop our wholesale banking franchise. And as part of our ambition to be the best European bank, we're taking this next step as really step in Wholesale Banking to simplify and make it easier for our clients to do business with us. We will create a more streamlined structure, which supports closer relationship with clients to serve them with more impact and create better value.

And as part of the journey, we're also renaming the units to the wholesale bank into corporate and institutional banking to better reflect our business focus. And due to these changes, a number of roles will change, and we expect around 400 redundancies globally, and we will work, of course, with the relevant stakeholders to ensure that we do this in the best possible way and help impact the colleagues find their next role inside or outside of ING. A provision of around EUR 175 million is expected to be booked in the fourth quarter of 2026, leading to an annual cost reduction of around EUR 75 million from 2028 onwards.

And we're confident that these changes put us in a strong position deliver on our ambitions. And with that, we move to Slide 11. And today, yes, yes, here we go, we are announcing the date of our next strategy update taking place on the 14th of June next year. Since our previous Capital Markets Day in 2024, we've made significant progress on executing our strategy, delivering on our priorities, and we are ahead of our financial targets. As I said, having raised our outlook for return on tangible equity by an additional 2 percentage points compared to the original target of 27%.

And that increased profitability is supported by the structural levers where we see further runway also in the years ahead. So growing our fee business, improving operational leverage and shift in capital allocation. And during our Capital Markets Day in 2027, we will present the next phase of our strategy, our priorities for future growth and how we will continue to create value for customers, shareholders and other stakeholders. And together with a strategic update or [indiscernible] update, we will also provide an updated longer-term financial plan, including targets for 2030.

And guided by our 2 peers step by step, we're building a scalable universal bank with significant further potential to structurally improve profitability, and I'm confident that we see the next phase of our strategy will -- that the next stage of strategy allow us to further build on the strong progress that we have made. And with that, I will now hand over to Ida and she will walk you through our quarterly results in more detail starting with Slide 30, Ida.

Thank you, Stephen. Let me take you through the key drivers of our financial performance in the third quarter. On Slide 13, we can see how the accelerated growth in commercial NII and our strong performance in fee income fueled a 6% year-on-year increase in total income. Commercial NII was supported by continued volume growth on both sides of the balance sheet by disciplined commercial pricing and by the prolonged hedging tailwind in our replicated customer deposits. Fee income increased 9% year-on-year, benefiting from our growing customer base and from increased cross saving.

All other income was affected by interest rate volatility, resulting in negative results from hedge ineffectiveness. However, this effect is expected to reverse over time. Overall, total income rose 6% year-on-year, driven by high customer activity across the bank. Let's now take a closer look at our volume growth. Turning to Slide 14. Here, we show the development of our customer balances as we continue recording strong customer activity across the bank. Net core lending increased by EUR 11 billion. Of this, Retail Banking grew its loan book by EUR 8.5 billion. Demand for mortgages remained solid with good demand in the Netherlands, Germany, Australia, Italy and Spain.

Growth in retail banking was further supported by increases in business lending and consumer lending across multiple markets. Wholesale Banking delivered EUR 2.5 billion of net core lending growth reflecting strong client demand. Net core deposit growth was EUR 12.1 billion, underlying the strength of our customer franchise and deposit gathering capabilities. In Retail Banking, we added EUR 2.7 billion in net core deposits with continued customer inflows that have more than offset seasonal outflows related to holiday spending the conclusion of several promotional campaigns and net flows into investment products.

Wholesale Banking contributed EUR 9.4 billion, driven by strong growth in our Payments and Cash Management business across multiple markets. Now on to commercial NII on Slide 15. Commercial NII grew by EUR 161 million quarter-on-quarter and was 13% higher than last year. Lending NII rose by EUR 28 million quarter-on-quarter, driven by higher lending volumes. The lending margin decreased slightly, mainly as a result of growth in lower risk density loans at attractive returns. Liability NII increased by EUR 135 million, supported by higher deposit volumes as well as a 6 basis points improvement in the liability margin.

The higher liability margin reflects disciplined pricing while the longer maturities of our replicating portfolio continues to roll over and recover from historically low interest rates. For the full year, we expect commercial NII to range between EUR 16.8 billion and SEK 17 billion with a liability margin of around 110 basis points. Turning to Slide 16, our customer base growth, and they use us for more services, which is reflected in the 9% year-on-year growth in fee income. In retail banking, fee income rose 10% year-on-year, supported by a growing customer base and improved cross-selling. We see strong performance across a wide and expanding range of products and services.

We maintained our growth in investment products cross-selling our solutions to an additional 100,000 customers during the third quarter. Our success in investment products supports capturing a larger share of customers' overall financial assets as demonstrated by the EUR 20 billion year-on-year net inflow in assets under management. In Wholesale Banking, fee income grew 9% year-on-year demonstrating the progress on further income diversification with strong support, in particular, from daily banking and trade finance.

Quarter-on-quarter, Fee income remained broadly stable as reduced customer trading activity was offset by a growing customer base and by increased cross-selling. For the full year, we expect to generate EUR 5 billion of fee income which is EUR 400 million higher year-on-year and implies we will reach our EUR 5 billion target 1 year ahead of plan. With that, let's move to Slide 17. On this slide, we show the development of all other income. The heightened interest rate volatility during the third quarter had a negative effect on hedging effectiveness. It's worth remembering, however, that the P&L impact from hedging effectiveness is not economic in nature. It is accounting-driven and reverses over time as was also seen in the second quarter of 2026.

Treasury income was lower sequentially, including the negative effect from higher interest rates on non-remunerated volumes under the minimum reserve requirement. Income in financial markets remained at an overall solid level, although slightly down compared to the second quarter due to lower income from trading activities and interest rate products. Overall, we expect all other income for the full year to be between EUR 2.5 billion and EUR 2.7 billion.

Next, Slide 18, moving to expenses. Expenses, excluding regulatory costs and incidental items, were up 3.6% year-on-year, reflecting ongoing investments into building future revenue streams. Of the EUR 103 million increase year-on-year, EUR 98 million was in our retail other countries, where we are expanding into new segments to capture a larger share of the local revenue pools and EUR 36 million was in Wholesale Banking, where we are investing in our transaction banking capabilities to further enhance income diversification as well as other initiatives. These investments in revenue growth were partially offset by lower costs in our largest markets, the Netherlands, Belgium, and Germany, supported by ongoing efficiency gains.

Expenses, excluding regulatory costs and incidental items, were broadly stable quarter-on-quarter, absorbing the 3.5% CLA impact of salary increases in the Netherlands through lower head count and lower marketing expenses. On a year-to-date basis, our cost growth is tracking at 3%, in line with our previously communicated full year outlook. As we continue to find new opportunities to improve customer servicing, and to unlock further efficiencies. We also continue taking decisive actions to execute on these opportunities. This required EUR 63 million of restructuring costs in the third quarter and will result in EUR 40 million of annual cost savings once fully implemented.

And as Stephen already announced, -- for the fourth quarter, we expect additional restructuring costs, including the EUR 175 million as announced today in Wholesale Banking. These restructuring costs will support better long-term cost performance and enable continued positive operating jaws for a prolonged period of time. Now moving on to risk costs. Total risk costs were EUR 403 million in the third quarter included EUR 111 million related to an IFRS model update. Excluding this model update and SRT related charges, Risk costs were well below our through-the-cycle average of 20 basis points, reflecting our prudent risk management and the quality and strength of our loan book.

Net additions to Stage 3 provision amounted to EUR 239 million. This mainly related to collective provisions in consumer lending, reflecting portfolio growth and model refinement. Stage 3 individual risk costs remained modest. Outside the model update and SRT related charges, Stage 1 and Stage 2 risk costs were insignificant this quarter. Overall, we remain confident in the strength and quality of our loan book. And finally, let me take you to Slide 20 to discuss our core equity Tier 1 development. Capital generation was strong in the third quarter, supported by a combination of rising profitability, continued capital optimization measures.

Overall, we generated around 80 basis points of core equity Tier 1 in the quarter. This allowed us to reserve 100% of our net results outside of the core equity Tier 1 supporting today's announcement of a EUR 1.9 billion additional distribution, while also further strengthening our core equity Tier 1 to 13.3%. Risk-weighted assets decreased by EUR 4.3 billion in the quarter, driven by increased capital efficiency. This included EUR 3 billion of relief from SRT transactions in wholesale banking as well as in retail banking.

The EUR 1.9 billion distribution announced today consists of a EUR 1.65 billion share buyback commencing today and an amount of EUR 250 million that we paid out in cash in January. Both distributions will be fully funded from net reserves net results reserved outside of core equity Tier 1 and therefore, will not affect our core equity Tier 1 ratio. And with that, let me hand it back to Steven to wrap up today's presentation.

Thank you, Ida. Before we move to Q&A, let me recap the key takeaways from today's presentation. The consistent execution of our growing the different strategy is driving structurally increasing profitability with further runway ahead. Our customers increasingly choose ING as our primary bank, which supports higher fee income per customer and creates an incredible foundation for future growth. And our commercial growth and strengthening profitability are supported by the increased scalability of our operations, enabling higher customer activity without requiring additional resources.

Disciplined capital management has allowed us to announce a EUR 1.9 billion additional distribution while simultaneously improving our CET1 ratio to 13.3%. So overall, we are delivering on our strategic priorities, and we are well ahead of our financial targets. And I would like to invite you to our Capital Markets Day in 2027, where we will represent the next phase of our strategy and provide a longer-term plan longer-term financial plan.

And with that, I would like to open the floor for Q&A. Operator, over to you.

[Operator Instructions] We will now take our first question from Ben la Petraque of Kepler Cheuvreux.

So yes, the first 1 is actually on the CMD type of preview Yes, I think you've demonstrated that you are able to grow much faster than peers. Your growth delivery has been very strong. Thinking about this new phase of the strategy, how do you see cost growth going into the 2030 time horizon. So I think you are talking a lot about scalable growth. Obviously, technology is important. And also you've been put into restructuring. So how do you see the cost going forward? And are you going to be able to maintain strict cost control in the new plan? That's question number one.

And number 2 is on liability margins, so around 110 bps for the full year that implies 115 bps for the fourth quarter, so an over strong sequential improvement quarter-on-quarter. I know you cannot guide on pass-through rates in the competition, but -- how do you see the competitive pressure on deposit rates? Are you confident that this is under control at this point of time in your main markets? Just wanted to get your view on the competitive pressure on that side.

All right. Benoit. I will answer the question on liability margin, but let me start with the 2030 targets that we, of course, will not present today, but we will present those during Capital Markets Day in mid-June 2027. But that presentation will continue to be on how do we grow and diversify -- how do we do that in a scalable way and how do we further and continue to move our capital. So those elements, those structural drivers that I also talked about today, those structural drivers will also come back in the presentation. Clearly, that comes with cost control. But if you look, for example, at the first 9 months and you look at the total cost of the Netherlands, Belgium, and Germany are big 3 franchises that stayed flat or even went down a little bit in aggregate.

And then you basically see the cost growth in other retail markets. And that is because we are putting new businesses in place there, business banking, private banking more as the investment platform, deeper payment capabilities, insurance distribution capabilities. So we use the money of the strong bigger franchises and the cash flow that they throw off to grow there. So that's one. Two, I also talked in a presentation that we are focusing much more on scalable proposition. So we have been able to develop already operational leverage through our foundations, the digitalizations and the hubs, but we also are increasingly and the investment platform is a good example of that, able to launch a product, produce only ones and then consume by all. And that's increasingly something that we are discovering. And also that will be a topic for the capital markets at '27.

Yes. And thank you. On the liability margin, I think it's important to look at the overall development that we've seen in the liability margin. As you said, for the first 9 months, we reached 108 basis points and we're now also saying that we expect to land at around 110 basis points for the full year. Looking ahead, we will continue to benefit from the structure of our replication portfolio with both the short and the long-term part being repriced upwards, but you also need to keep in mind that you can see the volatility in the curve of the interest rate. But there, we are confident that we.that we also are continuing to deliver.

Looking at the competitiveness in the market, we see that we continue to gain a good portion of deposit growth also in a seasonally slow quarter, which the third quarter is in the retail banking side. Competition continues to be strong. But if you look at the German market, for instance, deposits in growth. Competitive and interesting offering that also goes beyond price points and shows the attractiveness of ING overall. Competition remains strong and we expect it to continue to be strong, but we're also confident in our ability to continue generating profitable deposits in the time to come.

We'll now take our. Next question from Namita Samtani of Barclays.

My first question, the wholesale banking deposit inflow this quarter is extremely encouraging. I just wondered if it's part of some of the initiatives you have been taking that are starting to work? Or is this just a one-off in nature? I also see them growing in the rest of the world. So I was just wondering why there. And then my second question, the lending margin trickled down by 1 basis point this quarter. I was just wondering if 120 basis points is what we should expect going forward?

All right. I'll give the lending margin question to Ida, and I'll answer on deposits. Yes, it is part of a broader strategy in Wholesale Banking, where we've also said that we want to increase our TS and financial markets capabilities. That also includes deposit covering also banking, which was not so much a focus area in the past, but increasingly has become 1 and this is an example of that you, by the way, also saw the previous quarter. So not every quarter is the same. And of course, some quarters seasonally will get more inflow in other quarters, but is an example of an increased focus by our wholesale bank colleagues on generating deposits.

And you're right, the lending margin moved to 123 basis points in quarter and this mainly reflects mix shifts from lower risk density loans at attractive returns. We continue to steer for profitable growth on the basis of new production return on equity, and we also continue to see strong growth in mortgages compared with Wholesale Banking, lending resulting in stonger growth in high return on equity assets but with lower margin and lower risk density as well. Within Wholesale Banking we also booked more lending to investment-grade clients, which typically comes with a lower margin.But for the remainder of the year, we expect lending margin to remain broadly stable at 123 basis points.

And we will now take our next question from Giulia Miotto of Morgan Stanley.

So my first question is on restructuring costs. The EUR 175 million Q4 is quite a surprise. And looking forward, so we got used to having EUR 200 million roughly of restructuring costs per year over the past few years. This year will be higher, will be around EUR 300 million. How should we think about the restructuring costs going forward? Do you see still many actions to take? Or are you approaching basically, is a front loading of opportunities that you see next year. And so next year, probably it should be lower.

And then my second question is on risk-weighted assets and then SRT benefits. Clearly, you had some assertive in Q3. Could you please update us on how you're thinking about SRT's efficiencies over the next few years. Could you increase those given that you're starting from a low starting point? Or actually, given what we have seen with our banks like Nordea Banks in terms of RWA low density in the corporate, probably you don't have as much space for further capital optimization.

Thank you very much, Julia. I take the question on restructuring costs and Ida will talk about RWA and SRT. First of all, when you talk about the wholesale bank that will that change will be executed in coming quarters. It already comes with efficiency gains in '27, although yet limited. It does supports a better cost trajectory in 2028 and beyond, supporting a further increase of the wholesale banking ROE in the years to come. So it's part of a series of actions that we have been taking, but it will be effectuated as of the first of March.

And therefore, it greatly trickles through in our results in '27, but only Fuller in 2029. If you look at the total outlook for '27, we keep that as it currently is. And we always will look for further opportunities to further improve performance as we are doing in retail or in ops or in technology or in different business lines, and the same we will do in Wholesale Banking. If you look at the restructuring provisions for 2025, for example, they were at around EUR 300 million, and they expect to generate EUR 170 million in -- excluding wholesale banking.

For now, we've taken EUR 130 million in provisions year-to-date that would lead to annualized savings of about EUR 100 million and we will continue to look for opportunities. So businesses are changing. We become sometimes more efficient, we become more scalable. We use our hubs better. We become more digital. And so there will be more instances as we've seen over the past years to improve our performance. For now, we will keep the outlook as it is. But of course, every quarter is something to report on where we can improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our operations, we will do so.

And on SRTs, this quarter, we closed 2 transactions, a project finance SRT in wholesale banking but also, which I'm proud to say that we successfully executed on our first SRT in the retail banking in the Dutch business banking exposure. The transactions that we did this quarter contributed 12 basis points to the core equity Tier 1, bringing the capital relief for 2026 to 16 basis points. But if you also add what we did in 2025, we have now a total relief of 28 basis points. If you compare that to some of our peers, we're still significantly lower than that.

And I would also say that, that's also why we continue to see opportunities to do more SRTs, -- and I would then also link that back to our guidance saying that we are targeting or aiming to do approximately between 15 to 20 basis points of core equity Tier 1 benefits for 2026. Going forward, we continue to focus on where it would make sense from a profitability perspective and capital velocity perspective and optimizing our capital position. And we will come back with -- in line with our full year numbers with the outlook for 2027.

We'll now take our next question from Benjamin Goy of Deutsche Bank.

One on Nouman and the other on fee income. First on loan and you mentioned there's still strong growth in mortgages. Just wondering how you expect to change or whether it's not to change with higher rates and whether you are normalized towards more towards the 5% volume growth you are targeting as a result? And then secondly, thank you for Slide 4 -- just interested in terms of the AUM, about EUR 8,000 per customer. Do you roughly know how much of your primary customers still have outside and you see as a wallet share gain opportunity?

Yes. Thank you. On the loan demand, look, we have had a 6% annualized growth in lending and so to date and a 6% annualized growth in deposits. So that's good. It's also a bit higher than we've seen in the longer term trajectory where it was more 4% to 5% -- it's a bit early to say clearly, higher interest rates and more uncertainty typically has a dampening effect on loan growth. We haven't seen that yet. So we still see, especially on the mortgage side, a significant increase in many markets.

But we also -- we do also see the first signs, and we would expect the signs coming in of new house mortgages or mortgages for new houses to decline a little bit. So that could well be the case, but it's a bit too early to call. With regards to fee income, we currently have 5.4 million customers that use our capabilities to invest -- that is about 14% of our total. A number of them are primary or [indiscernible] we don't disclose that figure per sale.

But clearly, if we can do more with our customers and make them more primary, this, of course, also helps and that gives that flying wheel that I talked about in the presentation. This quarter, we had an additional [indiscernible] people in addition, who trade with us. So every quarter, we see anywhere between 100,000 and 125,000 and 150,000 people more that use our trading capabilities or app capabilities and that is good. But you also see from the number of investors we have compared to our total number of customers that we still have an enormous runway to go, and that's what we are addressing.

We'll now take our next question from Shrey Srivastava of Citi.

Two for me, please. The first is on your mobile primary disclosure and the customers with 3-plus products. So your online numbers, you have about 40% of customers who are mobile primary. Therefore, have about 2x the products. And you now have provided the disclosure that about 20% have 3 plus. My question is on the capacity to expand this going forward. It would be really helpful if you could provide an idea of where you are on this versus, say, in common peers across your core markets. And b, when you say that mobile primary customers must have a transaction account with yourselves, how many of these accounts do your customers have on average with other players, too, just to make sure that these guys are getting a salary period?

My second question is on the restructuring cost again. So EUR 175 million cost to EUR 75 million run rate cost saves. It seems like a bit of a lower payoff versus some of the other types of restructuring costs we've seen from other banks. So could you please just expand on what exactly which areas you're exactly cutting and why the payoff is lower versus the cost.

All right. So on the mobile primary customer, we call a client a mobile primary customers when they have a current account with us, whereby a certain amount of the salary sits with us. So it could be that they also may use a few other banks. But given -- and then on top of it, they need to do one other product with us. So it means that we are one of their main banks. It could be depending on the market, they also have a few other main banks in some markets that's cultural clients use more banks for their daily payments and savings. And in other countries, people typically use only one, but you can safely assume that it means that we are one of the main banks for these customers.

And like you have seen, because you said it's a further runway. I mean, over the past years, we have said that we want to grow those mobile primary customer with EUR 1 million per annum. And every year, we're delivering on that promise. And since we have now 40% of our customers, that is a primary customer, it also means that 60% are not. So that means that there is quite a bit of runway there as well. On the restructuring cost, yes, EUR 175 million that is -- that was the restructuring the savings that come in are there as of 2028, at least in full [indiscernible], they trickle in greatly over 2027.

But expected provision is a logical outcome of where we're active and the type of roles that we are changing. And therefore, we cannot simply compare it with operations or other banks that are different in scope. So this is a reflection of the type of people that this effect in the bank.

Just a quick follow-up on your first one. If you were to look by country, where would you see larger scope to expand your mobile primary customer base and for the customer.

Yes. Well, actually, it's the case in most countries because you would say as a total share of primary customers, the Netherlands has the highest. So there where we were more incumbent in nature, we already have more primary customers. And so thereby, in the countries which we would call other retail, where we are not an incumbent bank, but that also includes Germany, by the way, there is more rooms because there are -- we came in as a challenger bank or as a neo bank as these days, people would say, -- so there is naturally more upside, but we also see that in the countries where we have been a long time, so both Nethers and Belgium, we also to continue to grow our primary customers. So that's good. There is upside in all, but the most upside sits in the countries where we're now gradually developing more services where we did not have these services in the past, so there's also more opportunity for us to make them our primary mobile customer.

We'll now take our next question from Delphine Lee of JPMorgan.

So my first 1 is -- sorry, just to go back to commercial and I. Just wondering kind of given liability margin is progressing quite well, and you've revised the guidance of 110 basis points for the full year. I'm just wondering, and the curve is also a little bit sort of higher compared to June. I'm just wondering why your guidance for commercial NII remains the same. Anything we should read on deposit costs and also, if you look at 27 and 28 from your Slide 28, I mean the uplift that we are going to get from the replicating income are quite significant, especially for '27 -- just trying to think about sort of what is your expectation on deposit costs? And how much pass-through should we have on the tailwind.

And then my second question is on capital. So going back a little bit to sort of the debate around this density and -- is there anything in terms of looking at -- thinking about your plan and the different movements in your capital -- is there anything that you would highlight as in terms of equity changes, model updates or reviews from DCB that we should have in mind as well in that context. I mean you're doing well in the SRP -- just kind of wondering if there is anything that we need to watch out for.

All right, Delphine. Thank you. I'll give the first question on commercial NII to Ida. And then the second question on capital to Andrea.

Yes, thank you for the question. The NII range is still valid. But however, on the basis of what we know today, we are more looking at the upper end of that range of EUR 16.8 billion to EUR 17 billion for 2026. Benefits from continued growth in customer balances and liability margin will, of course, also further support upside potential, and that's also linked to the comment you made on the slide in the appendix. But there, you also need to be mindful that we have seen quite a significant volatility in the interest rate outlook over the past months and quarters.

And just comparing the outlook today compared to what we saw end of September, you already dare see that it's coming down quite a bit from the heightened levels in September. We are not commenting on our expectation of pass-through, but what we also mentioned initially is that it continues to be a strong competition in the market and in our key markets. And we also expect to continue to see that competition from different areas, but also from different competitors. But we still believe that we have a very good offering, and we'll continue to also price ourselves in a good and long-term perspective, which will support profitability but also means that the liability -- the liability margin will continue to grow, but also maintain the NII overall outlook.

Okay. I'll take the second one. So based on what we currently see, we do not expect any material adverse capital or risk-weighted asset impact. We have already been through an extensive multiyear review of our regulatory models with the objective of ensuring that our target model landscape fully meets the relevant regulatory expectation.

Go through a bit more detail on beyond the simplification and the cost-cutting aspect of it, what's the -- if there's any changes to the product mix, geographies, focus on specific areas of the business I mean, is there any hint in the name change we're looking more towards it more bigger financial markets within a world where SIU or Capital Markets Union will take more space. Yes, I'm sure it will be discussed lengthy in the CMD, but can you give us already a bit of the big lines on how you see this business? And you gave us the cost, but in terms of -- if you combine the cost savings and the capital buy started for the last few years already, what's the kind of ROA uptick we should be looking at for this division? The second question is on costs and maybe same actually spirits my first question on the next few years and the outlook. Should we expect as well some ramp-up on costs in terms of investments in AI, tech within the next plan? Because I suspect AI will be taking the lion's share of your communication as well in the next CMD.

Thank you very much, [ Cederic ]. I think on the Wholesale Bank, maybe a few things to say. First of all, there is an increased focus on value over volume. And you have seen that because, for example, we have also been changing the capital use in Wholesale Banking consistently over the past couple of years, and we continue to do so. Two, we are focused on diversifying the product mix, also given our ZIP code and where we came from, the lion's share of our revenues has been in lending, and we have been investing to also diversify and grow our transaction services and our financial markets business. And the deposit example of today is an example of that. But consistently, you have seen our fees also in the Wholesale Bank increasing. So we're diversifying our business.

Three, we -- with the announcement of today, we're focusing more on client and location over segment. So therefore, we put our relationship managers more incharge of holistically dealing with a client, which means increasingly becoming even more client focused than specific product focused. And I think those will, amongst others, be themes that we will also be talking about during the Capital Markets Day 2027. I previously said, look, we -- and we have said during the previous Capital Markets Day that the target for 2027 was 12% -- that is what we have said then. And in '27 in the Capital Markets Day, we will talk about ambition going forward. And I've previously also said during one of the conferences that I thought that where we currently are and even with the 12% target, that is not enough, and we will continue on improving the performance.

On the cost outlook, we have seen improving cost/income ratio, we are growing the bank, but we're doing that in a scalable way. I've given the example to Benoit earlier in this call about the ability to grow whereby we were able to keep in the first 9 months, the cost of Netherlands, Belgium, Germany flat in aggregate and then moving that with investments to the other retail countries who require more capabilities to become broad-based universal banking franchises. And the same we do, of course, with investments in TS, transaction services and Financial Markets and Wholesale Banking to change the dial from lending to other areas as well. And that will continue. Digitalization, AI, Gen AI is, of course, part of that. We are a very digital bank. By the way, we have been using AI for many years, for over a decade, and that has been effectuated in call centers and in straight-through processing. The lion's share of our processes is straight through without human intervention. Gen AI also plays a role in that. not only on the cost side, also on the coding side. So there are 3 areas that we are focusing on.

First of all, how can we create a better customer experience because if you create a better customer experience, you can also have more interaction and you sell more. So to give an example, we recently, as I believe, the first bank in Europe, started with Agentic mortgages in the Netherlands. And as a result of that, the time to yes, so the time to approval for more complicated mortgages decreased from 7 days to 5 days. So if you have a very simple mortgage like we have the digital mortgage in countries like Germany, we can give approvals in approximately 30 minutes on average, but more complicated mortgages need intervention. There's some nonhappy flow and nonhappy flow we're currently attacking with Agentic mortgages in the Netherlands, but we're also going to launch this in other markets.

The second area is coding, how can we code quicker and bring things to market quicker at a more efficient pace. And the third element is productivity that we have seen in our operations coming through. And that's why you also see on one of the pages with our scalable growth in the earlier in the presentation, that's Page 5, that we see that we can grow at relatively lower marginal costs, and that's what we continue to do. So yes, AI is part of it, but it's not all of it.

And we'll now take our next question from Chris Hallam of Goldman Sachs.

Just first, I wanted to dig into this disconnect, I guess, between the direction of travel for this year versus the LTAs because if I take the headline P&L this today and then you announced Q4 provision, I can see how earnings estimates maybe for this year need to move down by around 4% or so. But the core trends are strong. And if I take all those noncore headwinds in turn, they seem quite positive for the out year. So the other income headwind hit in Q3, you're going to earn that back over time on the provision miss.

That's mainly a one-off overlay that should reduce cyclicality to a degree. On the higher incidentals, that's a EUR 63 million restructuring that you're paying for EUR 40 million of earnings. And then you have the Q4 EUR 175 million provision my guess is that's mainly severance, so earnings positive in '28.

I think you did EUR 75 million earnings tailwind from 2028 earlier on the call. So have I got that all right because on the incidentals and the Wholesale Bank division, you're basically buying in earnings at 2x PE, which is a bit of a headwind for this year, but obviously a fairly logical thing to do. And then second, the fee momentum is strong this year, but you've also, I think, talked previously about having slightly more selective approach to deposit campaigns all else equal. And I just wondered whether that there's a risk that, that leads to fewer new customer relationships, less cross-sell and maybe ultimately slower fee growth, i.e., does protecting NII today potentially risk fees tomorrow?

You said a lot in the first question. But I think generally, you got it right. So in terms of that, we create a bit of short-term pain for long-term benefit. By the way, so that is both on the provision that we've taken in the previous quarters and this quarter and the benefit that, that brings and the same goes for Wholesale Banking. Also on the risk cost, this was an IFRS model update, so it has nothing to do with our asset quality and therefore, it can be considered as a one-off. So that has nothing to do with the assets or the models or the ECB or what have you? So we've also not changed the outlook for 2026.

So the returns that we are saying that we would make in '26, we repeat it today. But for sure, it will give all the actions that we're taking will give us further tailwinds for the years to come. And as always, we give an outlook for the next year with the fourth quarter activities with fourth quarter figures, and we will give a further long-term outlook in 2030. On the -- I'm not sure I got the second question right, but the question maybe was if you then take the restructurings and have less people will it also bite you commercially because you can do that. Now that is absolutely not the case.

And also banking, we're taking this measure to just simplify and make it easier for our people to deal with customers and be less concerned with all kinds of internal processes and other restructuring costs typically has to do with merging, for example, legal entities and therefore, merging back offices into 1 because we don't need that complication anymore. Sometimes it has to do with better digital journeys and digitalization. Sometimes it has to do with the less need for branches. So no, it is all focused on how can we make the business with our clients easier and serve them better. And as you have seen in the many years that we've been doing that, we have been able to have more activity with customers rather than less, and that's what we will continue to do.

[Operator Instructions] And we will now move on to our next question from Juan Lopez Cobo of Santander.

Yes. I've got 2 questions. First one is regarding the other retail business. We see an increase in cost operating expenses -- you already explained that you are investing in different regions, in different business. It will be interesting if you could share any KPI. What are you asking for some of these investments? If you're investing EUR 100 million in SME lending in Spain, what's the return that we could expect.

And Related to this, we saw other banks trying to develop SME franchise, and it's been challenging. Why do you think this time could be different for you? And second question, a bit more detail regarding your sovereign and sub-sovereign portfolio. This is around EUR 100 million portfolio. We see the accounting mix, but it would be interesting to get a bit more color on how you manage this portfolio duration, if you are comfortable with, I guess, the country mix and maybe if you could share some unrealized loss or the amortized cost, that could be also useful.

Yes. Thank you very much. On the retail business, clearly, we have business cases for all the individual investments that are being made in private banking and in putting countries on the investment platform and in business banking. And that is leading to higher returns, as you can also see, by the way, on the RoTE, whereby we now have 16% and have an outlook that is 2 percentage points higher than initially anticipated in 2024. And so growing the difference wasn't called growing the difference for nothing. It was about more impact and more relevance in the markets in which we're active.

And talking about Spain, for example, we have a good -- very good private individual franchise and a good wholesale banking franchise. that's now going to be called commercial and institutional banking franchise, CIB. But we did not have full activities in PI. We have no activities in business banking, whether it was self-employed SME or business banking. And therefore, there was no private banking. And therefore, you see that banks where we perform very well, look at the Netherlands, for example, are full-fledged universal banks. And that's also the direction we're traveling into in other markets as well, step by step.

And the reason why it will be successful now, I think there's much more focus on specific services that we offer to specific groups. That's why I also said previously in the past, where we came from was much more, but I'm polarizing the point, a one size fits all banks that we offer everything in the same way in the same -- to the same type of clients in different markets. But we are becoming with offering more services, we're becoming more bespoke, who do we offer trading capabilities in terms of investments? Where do we give advice? How do we deal with affluent, -- how do we deal with mass affluent, -- how do we deal with exts do we deal with SMEs.

So becoming more relevant and impactful also means that you also not only provide a superior customer experience, but you also provide superior customer value, making sure you provide the right service or the right product at the right moment to the right type of clients. And that's what we're now doing more and more, and you see the benefits of that already. Let me take an example. We have this investment platform that we launched getting people to invest on the same platform in different markets, so Netherlands, Belgium, Romania, for example, Poland. And therefore, what you already see is that also in Romania, which we launched only end of September, there's a quick pickup of that people want to invest ING, where ING in Romania wasn't even known for investments in the past. And those things we're also going to do in Spain.

On the sovereign bond portfolio, Ia?

Yes. So we have a diversified and high-quality investment portfolio of EUR 125 billion. The portfolio is, as I said, highly diversified and is also -- has limited the sensitivity to market developments as we economically hedge the interest rate risk and are therefore, only exposed to credit spreads. Historically, we've seen very limited impact on our capital. And also this quarter, there was no material impact on core equity Tier 1. We are not displaying or announcing the duration or the country mix per se, but I can just give you assurance that it's diversified and it's also a high-quality investment portfolio across the board.

And we'll now take our next question from Harry Sum of KBW.

I just want to ask kind of a question about how you think about kind of funding and maybe the loan-to-deposit ratio specifically between the group level and between the divisions. I mean wholesale banking has got a much higher loan-to-deposit ratio, but then say Germany is quite low. To say if Germany was to go from 70% to kind of 80%, would you be looking to kind of bring that loan-to-deposit ratio down in Germany specifically to kind of manage at the group level? Or would you kind of say actually 80% is still low in Germany? So just kind of how you conceptually think about -- and then my second question, I can see deposit costs have increased 6 basis points this quarter. How much of that is related to the 2 view campaigns? And how much is sort of related to kind of 3Q promising?

So the second question is for Ida and think I will do the question on the loan-to-deposit ratio. By the way, in the previous question, I said investment products or platform launched also in 4 countries, including Poland, but that had to be Italy. Neves Belgium, Italy, Romania. On loan-to-deposit ratio between franchises, yes, we look at it as a whole. So there are many means. So, in general, you've seen us growing in deposits and loans in a similar pace, sometimes the positive growth as some in lending growth faster.

And in the end, you want to keep a balanced balance sheet. And so that means that all the mix of our asset liability management, we look at that, not per se on a geographic basis, but we very much look at that from a return point of view, and that's why I've also said we are continuously shifting the balance in our capital from wholesale to retail and retail were expanding also different activities in different markets. As we just talked about in the previous question and wholesale banking, we need to make sure we continue to invest and develop our TS transaction see financial markets franchise and therefore, also make sure that we are more curtailed on capital, and that's what you see. So that's how we look at capital and it's also brought how we look at liquidity, that we do that in a balanced way on a global basis, not country by country or business line by business line. Then on deposit costs.

Yes. Thank you for the question. We're not giving explicit numbers in terms of how much was due to campaigns overall. But as we've said before, deposit competition remained broadly rational in most markets, and our core savings hardly changed so far. When looking at this in the context of this quarter, you will also see that it fluctuates depending on which campaigns we do in which markets we are more active and where we're also seeing the growth coming from. This quarter, you saw an increase in term deposits, which was driven by successful campaigns to attract new volumes as well as to optimize retention and value of the overall deposit mix, which is also seen in our numbers this quarter. But again, I think it's also important to look at the seasonality and the difference that we've seen quarter-over-quarter, but continues to see good growth overall. .

Thank you. There are no further questions in queue. I will now hand it back to Steven Van Rijswijk for closing remarks.

Yes. Thank you very much. Thank you very much for your time. Thank you very much for your good questions. And we're looking forward, of course, to speak to you again at the fourth quarter results. And especially, we're looking forward to seeing you on our Capital Markets Day, which is on the 14th of June in London. So stay tuned, and have a great day.

Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.

Good morning, everyone. It's a pleasure to welcome Steven with us today, CEO of ING. Welcome.

So a quick bit of scene-setting here, sitting here 2 years ago at the Capital Markets Day, you told us to expect 14% returns by '27. Last January, you came back and said actually make it 15% and then 16% during Q2. So record income for a third straight year. Buyback program so regular you could set a watch by it. And so the obvious question for the next 40 minutes is really to -- in this room is now to ask what's left in the tank. And so thank you for joining us. I mean -- so I have more questions than the time we have. So let's try to be efficient about it. And thank you so much for joining us again this year.

Thanks for having me.

So maybe just a quick -- just to -- starting it smoothly on the budget day, which was last week. And the striking thing for this room is that there wasn't anything in that. No bank levy increase, corporate rates untouched with the burden landing on households instead. So given the political mood across Europe on banks' profits, how durable do you think that restraint is from the Dutch government coalition? And how is the Dutch fiscal? Is it something you actively provision for or something you simply, say, you stay at that?

Yes. Look, like you rightly pointed out, it is a minority coalition. So last week, Tuesday, there was the budget day debate. And now that minority coalition needs to find support for the budget, which will then -- which then needs to be ratified later this year. So it's still not final. At the same time, it wasn't a budget that is focused on economic growth and stimulating investments in the country. It's also a government that supports the further integration of Europe. The Netherlands is also part of that E6 group that focuses on the integration of Europe and especially banks within Europe.

And there's also stimulus of focus on more investments. There was an announcement made on the National Investment Institute that the government is supporting and financial institutions will support. So I think that's also good. So in that sense, nothing regarding banks, as you say, more bank levies. To be honest, we already pay quite serious bank levies in the Netherlands. And as a matter of fact, in the Netherlands, we pay bank levies based on our global balance sheet, which, of course, I am discussing on a regular basis also with the government. But I think I've been making clear consistently that I think we should change that. But if not, then at least we should avoid increasing that. And so far, that has been the case.

Perfect. So let's start then with the big picture, and we'll go through the moving parts next. As I said, you upgraded your RoTE to 16% in '27, over EUR 26 billion revenues by '27. So where are you most clearly outperforming the original plan? And when should we expect actually a new strategy update introducing a longer-term target?

Yes. Well, look, first of all, we have seen indeed good commercial activity translating in good and higher revenue growth, more scalability on the operations and cost side, and I think disciplined capital management. And if you then translate that in terms of what it means compared to Capital Markets Day 2024, we have been -- our renewed guidance basically means that we are upgrading with 2 percentage points in RoTE from 14% to over 16%. And that comes in 3 areas.

First of all, on the revenue side. So our revenue has grown with an additional EUR 1 billion compared to what we said 2 years ago. And that comes from -- and more activity in lending and deposits. So our growth in primary customers continues to be at 1 million per annum, which is also what we then said, and we continue to track at that. But we also then see that both in terms of NII deposits, not only the margin increase, but also the deposit growth that we have been having over the past 2.5 years, we have been growing with about EUR 100 billion in deposits.

We also see good lending growth coming through. So year-to-date lending growth annualized was about 8%. So that's one element of that additional growth. And the second element of the growth is the fee growth, whereby we said back then that we would grow with about 5% to 10% to get to a fee of about EUR 5 billion for 2027. We already reached that number by this year. So the fee growth has increased with an additional EUR 300 million to EUR 500 million for the year thereafter in 2027. So that's the revenue element of it.

The second element is the cost element. So despite that additional activity, and I spoke about 1 million primary customers per annum, but you also see that 8% growth in lending, you see about 7% growth in deposits and you see about 100,000 to 150,000 additional investment customers coming through every quarter, and we do more insurance distribution. So there's many levers that we pull to actually grow and develop, and hence, growing the difference.

And we want to make more revenues with our customers. We're relatively -- we have a lot of upside doing much more with our customers in all 4 segments that we currently do. But you see that despite that increase in volume that we have across the bank that we're able to use the scalability, increasingly use the scalability of our operations with all the hubs and sitting in certain centers doing KYC or contact center activities or operational processing activities, increasingly also with our functional technology, which is our cloud environment.

All these elements support the scalability of our operations, still a long way to go, but that also, therefore, helps despite the faster growth and keeping the cost under control. And it means that what we then said is that our cost will grow 3% to 4% to about EUR 13.3 billion in costs as per end of 2027, we now will hover around EUR 13 billion. So we are coming out with about EUR 300 million lower cost guidance than we initially did.

And the third element of it, why we increased the RoTE with 2 percentage points is our capital discipline. Despite the strong growth -- and you also saw it in the presentation on the second quarter figures. Despite the strong growth in lending, our capital growth has been limited, especially due to Wholesale Banking, and we started with SRTs, significant risk transfers, as of last year. We only could start with that last year because we had to do a lot of remodeling to make our models -- build the models in line with the requirements of the ECB. And so by last year and also continuing this year, we have been finalizing those models.

And it also means that with those new models in place, we can also, therefore, do risk transfers, which we started to do last year. Last year, we did about 12 basis points. This year, we will do 15 to 20 basis points. We already did this year-to-date 4 basis points, so additional 11 to 15 to go. But it basically means that we are tilting the risk-weighted asset composition of the bank more towards retail, towards the higher end of the return on equity spectrum.

Back then in 2024, I said that it will be around 45 -- then it was 50-50. By end of '27, we would end up 55% retail and 45% wholesale banking in anticipation of the capital diet as I announced it back then. But we are now already at 56%, 44%. So therefore, we are already there or even a bit beyond where I thought we would end up, and there is more to come. So that's the third reason why the RoTE has been going up. So good on all fronts, both the revenue, the cost in terms of the scalability of it and the capital discipline.

Very clear, very detailed answer. Let's now dig into the -- how actually much upside on all these 3 levers. First of all, on the retail lending. So your retail lending significantly was higher than your 5% target, almost entirely on mortgages. How much of this is actually driven by market share gain versus just a favorable housing market in the Netherlands mainly?

Well, we are a -- clearly, when we started with ING Direct 20 years ago, 25 years ago, we rolled out, let's say, that Postbank or ING Netherlands idea in many other countries, and we started as a deposit bank and a mortgage bank in many of these markets, purely on the PI front and in Spain, Italy and Germany and Australia and growing further in Poland and Romania and Turkey. So we have 9 retail markets where we do deposits. We have now about EUR 380 billion in -- sorry, not where we do private individual banking. We have about EUR 380 billion in mortgages so far. So we are one of the biggest, if not the biggest mortgage lender in Europe. We do that typically very digitally. So we provide very good experience to our customers to make it very easy to do that.

We also use AI for that in a number of instances, especially with the -- let's say, the happy flow mortgages first. So in some markets, not even GenAI, we are getting the mortgages within 30 minutes from requirement to approval in 30 minutes. And for the more bespoke ones, we now are increasingly also using Agentic AI, such as in the Netherlands, where we bring back the time that we need to process mortgages from 7 days to 5 days, but those are mortgages whereby there's more information needed, but you can see how quickly then it can bring back the number of days.

And that also helps us in getting and growing, but not only because the market is growing because the market is indeed growing because there's a shortage of housing. In many countries in Europe, for us, that's helpful how we can help customers to buy a home. And that's why you see the mortgage market grow in a number of markets. We do that by the way. We focus mainly on those markets to grow where we can also get the adequate returns. That's why you also have seen that we especially grow in the Netherlands, attractive; Germany, attractive; Italy, attractive; and Australia. Those are the more attractive mortgage markets.

But we've also been taking market share. Let me give you an example. In the Netherlands, our market share is around 14%. But if you look at the last, I would say, 2 years, every quarter, we have a production market share compared to the back book. Back book is 14%. Market share in production is about 18% to 19%. So there you see we're also taking market share.

Very good. Now in terms of margin for this market share tick up, I mean, the margin has been stable, lending margin, also margin is stable for the last few quarters and then it compressed a bit in Q2 by 2 basis points. So how do you see the competition dynamics there in terms of pricing? Or how expensive have you been in this market share gain for you?

Well, I mean, the margin is -- the lending margin, which is now indeed came in, I think, from 126 to 124, as you rightly point out. But the margin is also a function of, let's say, the risk weights that we have as a bank. And we have relatively low risk weights as a bank. We do a lot of mortgages. We do a lot of collateralized lending in Wholesale Banking, and that means that we have lower risk-weight lending and that low risk-weighted lending also typically comes with lower NIM. But we don't steer on NIM per se. We steer on return on equity. That's the main driver that we steer.

If you have lower risk weights with a lower margin, you can still have a very attractive return on equity, which is what these mortgages in these countries prove. So we think there are -- if you look at the main macro drivers, shortage in housing will continue in many markets in Europe. We continue to be a strong bank. We're really focused on there where we can make the right ROE. That is across the businesses, so that's across private individuals, business banking, private banking and wholesale banking. So it's not so much of the margin pressure in the market, but much more about the composition of the book that led to a decrease in that margin. And I think that we are -- we'll be seeing the margin stabilizing over the remainder of the year.

And where do you see the most irrational, if you can call it so, competition? Is it on the Dutch, German mortgage or business banking?

Business banking, not so much. I mean, we have been growing, by the way, business banking. There we have a book of about EUR 130 billion. We have been growing that with EUR 7 billion year-to-date. So that's annualized over 10%. That's also, by the way, because we are developing business banking propositions in other markets than the Benelux and Poland. Currently, that EUR 130 billion book, 95% of that sits in those 3 markets. And why was that? Because there, we were an incumbent bank in those markets. So there, we had all the market segments.

In most of the other markets, we had only private individuals and wholesale banking, but nothing in between. So that Postbank concept with ING Direct concept was very PI-focused. But in the meantime, we've built up very good capabilities also in business banking. So we also start to roll out business banking in other markets. We've been doing that now for the past couple of years in Germany. We're starting to do that in Italy. We're going to do that in Spain. We're starting to do it in Australia. So also that helps to diversify not only in terms of fees because I want to do much more in fees to actually have levers next to my interest business, but I also want to diversify in terms of the type of business. So business banking is also a good growth in the different markets. So that's why you see the high growth coming in.

In terms of the competition, I think that if you especially look at the mortgage market, we see more competition, especially in Belgium and in Spain in that regard. That's why I said our focus -- not necessarily our focus on ROE. So yes, if there is accretive ROE in markets, then we will grow, but we will be careful when there is depletion for ROE, and that sometimes is the case in Belgium and Spain.

Very clear. Let's move now to a very, I think, important topic is on the deposits and your, I would say, deposit strategy there. So -- I mean, deposit growth has been very strong in '25. It was a bit bumpy driven by deposit campaigns in Belgium, Germany, mostly. And I can't -- I mean, we all noticed that in the first half, that strategy has completely shifted to more micro campaigns, which still yielded to a healthy deposit growth. So we really want to understand here what triggered that shift. And how actually you're confident that this change of strategy will still give you that deposit growth and not you have to stop and go in this because we'll have maybe to come back to the market with traditional campaigns?

Yes. Look, when I talked just about, let's say, the Postbank and the rollout of ING Direct in many markets, we started out in most of these markets as a deposit bank and consequently a mortgage bank. So we were very simple. We said we take that digital concept. We are easy, instant, personal, relevant. A lot to do still, by the way, on personal, relevant, but we're very easy and instant.

And we started with deposits and mortgages. And why do we do that? We said because in the Netherlands, people like deposits and mortgages, and so we did not do investments. We didn't do credit cards because people in the Netherlands use debit cards most of the time. So why would there be need of credit cards? Not so many investments because, yes, we are in the Netherlands, we like saving, let's be conservative about it. No consumer lending because, yes, consumer lending is risky, why would you borrow from a bank? And moreover, most of your money sits in the pensions in any case.

So with that same frame of mind, we went to those markets. And that means that we have 25 years plus since the end of the '90s, we went to all these markets that we have 25 years experience in doing digital marketing to get customers in to become a savings client of ours and then gradually convert them to a current account client. So we have a lot of experience.

And that also means that we know very well when we should do what, I mean, moreover, by the way. So now, we have over EUR 700 billion in deposits. Over the past 2.5 years, our deposits grew with about EUR 100 billion. So we continue to grow. And we -- and 95% of our deposits, we pay the core rate. And what do I mean with that? That means we don't need to do a lot of specials because we typically pay the core rate on these savings in most of these markets for the lion's share.

And so we are -- when we do campaigns, we look very much at the momentum, and then, we look at -- so is this a good momentum? You can think about Black Friday or you can think about different seasons in which you say, well, this is a good time when people want to save money or when they want to come to the market. And of course, then you look at, okay, should we then -- how do we tailor them then? Do you focus them on new customers and first get new customers in? Or do you want to get new money from existing customers and convert them into primary customers? And primary customers are customers who have a current account with us and one more product. And why is that so important? Because these primary customers typically do 3x as more business with us than non-primary customers.

So campaigns target different things. And so because we now have so much data on our customers, increasingly, we also become better on targeting specific subgroups. So we don't need to say, okay, we now do a campaign for everybody who's new or for everybody who sits in ING, but we can say, okay, we target specific subsegments in specific time, we do micro campaigns because we have increasingly all the experience over these years. So we will continue to alternate. But again, with that micro campaign that we did in Germany in the second quarter, we got an additional EUR 8 billion in. And of course, we then want to make sure that these customers stay with ING and become primary. So that's how we look at it. So we have different ways and means to pull different levers, and that's why we're very confident about our deposit strategy also going forward.

So I guess, I mean, you would be back testing this and see how actually that would be enough for your funding. I mean, do you watch your loan-to-deposit metric in by jurisdictions and assess how actually the strategy is working and we don't need to -- in Belgium, if you remember, 2 years ago, you had that kind of a small issue when you have to go back and pay up on deposits to fix that ratio? Is that something you monitor that closely or you can let it go?

No, I think that the -- I think you're pointing out to the campaign we did during the Staatsbon, the state bond. Yes, I think that was because we saw an opportunity compared to other banks to raise deposits and get deposits out from other banks, which actually was very successful. It was not because we had an issue with loan to deposits. So I would like to correct that.

Now look, our loan-to-deposit sits at around 100%. It's a level I feel comfortable with. It's also good. So it basically means we only need to go to the deposit market to raise money for our loans, which at this point in time is cheaper than go to the wholesale funding market. Yes, there are quarters whereby -- and we've seen that especially after Corona and at the start of the war in the Ukraine that you saw a number of quarters, actually a number of years that deposits rose faster than loans. Now, you see that loans are catching up and they are growing a bit faster than deposits. And so it will never move exactly in sync, but we're comfortable with that 100%.

Now moving on to the other side of the liability side on the replicated portfolio. You are sensitive to higher rates. So you upgraded the guidance in Q2 partly on the back of that, I suppose, in Q1 as well. So rates have moved since -- so can you maybe just remind the audience on your sensitivity on the replicated portfolio and how much actually upside you see if you embed the current curve in your model?

Yes. Yes. So we have 65% approximately of our deposits is savings and then about 35% is current accounts. And the replication of savings is typically a little bit shorter than on current accounts because current accounts are being held longer in banks than savings accounts. That's why it's so important that we are converting customers into primary customers. And we start in many of these markets as a savings bank because we were new, we were 25 years ago, came in many markets as a, where we now call it, neobank, but we were, let's say, a neobank avant la lettre, I would say, 2.5 decades ago. And then we start with the savings accounts.

So that's why you see in ING, even compared to a number of other banks that we still relatively have more savings than current accounts because in most markets, we were not the incumbent bank, but we were the challenger bank. Now in that, we have what we call a Barbell strategy, and that is we invest in echelons from 1 to 10 years. But if you really look at it, we invest about 45% shorter than 1 year and 55% more long term, hence, the Barbell expression. On both of those areas, currently, we see where we are reinvesting those short-term echelons and the long-term echelons. Remember, 5, 6 years ago, the interest rate, at least the euro interest rate was negative.

So when we're reinvesting those echelons, on both sides of that Barbell, that's currently positive. So when we reinvest short term, that's positive because the short-term interest has moved up in the past couple of quarters. And the long-term interest rate is better because we come out of that '16, '17, '18, '19, '20, '21 period, right? So that works good on all sides. So in the beginning of the year, we said, well, we're going to end up somewhere at the lower end between 100 and 110 basis points. If you look long term, we are -- have been hovering our deposit margin between 100 and 110 basis points.

When the interest rate went up very quickly, so it is about the speed of the interest rate because markets are slow to respond to competition. There, we saw we broke out of that in 2021, '22 close to 120. Then, when the interest rate went down very quickly, the market is, of course, again, slow to react. Then we gradually moved down even a little bit below 100. And now we're back in that 100 to 110 territory, but now we see steps being made. And so we have now said for this year, in the second quarter, we gave guidance that we thought we would end up at the higher end of between the 105 and 110 or 100 and 110. So you could see it's more on the higher end of that.

And we said based on where we currently see the rates that have been announced, based on the current forward curve, based on that we are confident that we will again break out of 100 and 110 on the upper side in 2027 and '28. Again, there's a lot of uncertainty in the market. There's a lot of volatility. But based on where we sit now, we would break out.

So it's good. That was my next question, but you answered it, and we, I mean, lasted 30 minutes before we talk liability margins.

Yes.

It's a record. So no, thanks. That was very clear. I'll move on to the fee growth. So clearly, I mean, in your first question, you detailed well, I mean, where you are in terms of fees. But I mean, what are the key drivers for this fee growth you see next? I mean, we discussed the private banking after, which I think is a key lever for you on this. But can you tell us, I mean, your ambitions beyond the current targets, not numerically, but more in terms of the vision you have?

Yes. So again, let me give again back that context. So like I just said, in many markets, we started as a very simple bank, focused on savings, deposits, mortgages, and now, have gradually started to embark on the broader relationship. ING started in many markets out as the other bank. So you have your main bank, and then, we are the other bank. And you put your savings on it and perhaps you can do a mortgage.

And increasingly, we have been starting to do investments. So when I started in my role 6 years ago, the total assets under management were, I think, south of EUR 150 billion. Now, we are at EUR 330 billion. Every quarter, like I said, we grow our investment customers with 100,000 to 150,000. So in the year approximately 400,000 to 500,000 per annum. And currently, we, therefore, have 5.3 million customers now investing with ING, but it still means that of the 41 million, I have about 36 million people that are not investing with ING.

If you continue to talk about investments, we still had that -- have a one-size-fits-all approach. When we came to those markets, we said we want to be easy, instant, personal and relevant. And we are very easy and instant straight through. 82% of our customer journeys is straight-through processing. So no manual intervention, only digital, and we're growing that percentage every year when beneficial for the customer, by the way, not because we just want to be digital.

But we also -- we are not necessarily personal and relevant. And what do I mean with that? I mean with that you can approach people with the same products, but how you approach people can be different. So that means that you can't -- if you look at mass or mass affluent or affluent, you can -- you should approach them also differently. Look at Germany, we have 500,000 mass affluent customers. Those are customers that invest a couple of hundred thousand euros, and they sometimes need different products or they need a different approach or they need different advice. And we also see that 90% plus of their money that they invest, they don't invest with ING. And why? Because we don't necessarily invest specific products.

If we do polls and ask clients do you know ING, we are probably the most European bank of all the banks. So many markets, we're a well-known bank. We're a top 5 bank in many of the markets which we operate. But if you then ask our clients do you know you can invest with ING, the percentage drops dramatically. And why? Because in many markets, we did not start as a bank to invest with. So what I'm saying is there is a world to win, and we're doing very well now in growing that, but to becoming more personal and relevant and specific and it means that we can grow that in much in many more ways.

In that setting also, we did have in those 9 retail markets, 9 investment platforms. We all built those banks separately. Now, we're integrating that investment platform into one investment platform by which we also become a better partner for asset managers. We can say you have a private credit segment and a private equity segment and an ETF segment and a real estate segment. And then, we now choose global partners so we can make our offerings much better. And we also work much better together with these asset management partners as to how do we market these funds together. So that gives a lot of upside.

And the same story I can tell you for insurance distribution. We -- when I started 6 years ago, and I asked my Head of Retail in the Board, I said, okay, can I talk to insurance experts in ING because in the past, we used to own an insurance company. And she said, "Don't worry, Steven, after we sold the insurance companies in 2014, we made sure we had absolutely zero insurance knowledge in the bank left." I said, "Oh, but that's not what I meant." I said, "Can I speak with experts so we can do better insurance distribution." And then, we start to develop that. So we started with new contracts with different players, improved journeys to make the journeys better because they were a bit clunky, have different type of propositions. Only 2 years ago, we started to develop also propositions for business banking. We did not have that. So now we have insurance propositions starting for segments of business banking.

Credit cards, remember, the Netherlands, we don't use credit cards. We use debit cards. So only in Germany as of November this year, we will have a credit card offering because we didn't need a credit card offering because the Dutch, you thought, no, no, they all use debit cards in different markets. So now, we are going to also roll out the credit cards in all the markets and so forth and so forth.

We also have package offerings. We have one package same for all clients. We now have 4 different packages that we're rolling out in all these markets. So what I'm telling you is a story about there is much more diversification and bespoke offerings we can do in -- for the private individual market, but the same goes for business banking, and I'm sure you also want to talk about private banking.

Private banking, I think you've touched on this as well, so on, but because of being aware of time, I would maybe move to the Wholesale Bank, which is still a big part of your business. What do you think really the realistic ROE for this business? I mean, your plan is still trailing below your group ROE. So we can say it's dragging a bit profitability down. But -- and this is using tools like SRT, as you said earlier, we step up in SRT and so on.

So I mean, I ask you this question all the time, Steven, you know where I'm coming from here. But is it really time to be a bit more thoughtful about this segment and maybe go into -- I mean, restructuring is a big word, given, I mean, but just to look more in depth into the divisions and business and what actually you are right to do and not?

Yes. Well, first of all, I very much believe in the concept of universal banks because if you are a universal bank in the market, hence, why we're also filling the blanks in business banking and private banking because then in Germany, we are -- in Spain also and Italy also PI and wholesale, but not yet business banking, so no self-employed, no SME, no mid-corporates, no private banking. And the virtuous circle or cycle of being able to help clients through their lifetime in different phases, but also in different types of businesses is helpful, and you see that because the Netherlands, for example, but also Poland, are very remunerative, but those are universal banks. So I believe very much in that concept.

And then still, and you're very right, then your question is, okay, but do you think that the return in Wholesale Banking is where it should be? And my answer is no. So we've said in Wholesale Banking, we need to do a couple of things. First of all, like with retail and retail in all the segments, PI, Business Banking, Private Banking, we also there need to diversify further. There, we came from an area where we were largely a lending bank. And so it came from in the past, Baring Brothers, BBL, which were the predecessor of ING. And so we had a great deposit bank, and they moved the deposit to the Wholesale Bank, and we became a lending bank. So also there, we need to diversify further into financial markets and mainly transaction services.

PCM is very good annuity product to have. We're deep with capabilities in some markets. We're not so deep in other markets. So diversification in Wholesale Banking is the first lever that we need to pull. The second lever, to your point that we need to pull, is better capital management. So that's why I said 2.5 years ago that we put Wholesale Banking on the capital diet. We said that the first step is to get Wholesale Banking to return on equity to 12% in 2027. I think we're now at around 11%. But -- and we will meet the 12% by 2027. We're very confident on that, but it's still not enough. And therefore, I will continue the capital diet for Wholesale Banking until they get to a level that is more linked to where I want it to be. And that means that we will continue to see that the balance of capital will continue to shift to retail vis-a-vis wholesale.

Very clear. Let's move around costs. And -- I mean, given your DNA of -- with ING Direct and you are the first to digital, I remember the first time I heard about cloud was when you actually moved to your investment level many, many years ago. So where do you see actually the investments versus to fund the growth equilibrium is? Because you clearly look optimistic about growth, capability to capture profitable growth, but you need investment for this. So where should we see the growth? And maybe there will be a quick follow-up, and we can address at the same time on AI and where you're positioned there.

Yes. So first of all, our story is a growth story. We are not a cost story. We are focusing on growth because, like I said, we can do much more with the customers that we have. And in the PI side, the 41 million customers and with the 2 million business banking customers where we have not rolled it out in all the markets where we're active and private banking, which we also had only in 3 of the 9 markets in which we're active. And we can now roll out these building blocks in other markets as well. So -- and the same goes for Wholesale Banking, where we need to focus more on financial markets and mainly TS.

So our story, therefore, is about growth and diversification. Therefore, you see positive jaws because we grow relatively fast compared to other banks in Europe. But we also want to keep the cost under control. And that actually meant that if you, therefore, look at the '27 date that we are able to take EUR 300 million out of that, and thereby, our cost CAGR was about 3%. We want to continue to be disciplined. Increasingly, we can become more scalable on the operational side with the hubs.

On the technology side, there are -- functionally speaking, we are getting there because we are -- we have, like you said, one cloud environment. We have one engineering pipeline, which means that when engineers code something, they can code it one time for multiple countries, where in the past, it was not possible. But the next step is that we are becoming more scalable in the products that we issue. Currently, retail products are still because of the history of ING Direct, we're really tailored market by market. And only now we get to the stage that, for example, when we roll out investments, we can do it on one platform, on one technology stack. When we look at one app on web environment, we can really make it one app and one web for all the markets.

When we look at business banking, we start to experiment with rolling it out in different markets on one of our tech stacks in one of the markets that we already have. So you will see increasingly the scalability coming through. And it means that, that will help in funding the investment that we have.

Coming to AI, yes, look, I think that we were a digital frontrunner. And I think that the way to see what a digital frontrunner also means on the AI area, I would look at a couple of things. First of all, I would look at do you have a technology and data platform that can substantiate that. That's why I talked about our internal cloud environment.

Two, what is your approach to AI and especially to Agentic or GenAI. We have joined for a very centralized approach with clear use cases that we say this is what we want everybody to do so that you really can focus on the big wins.

Three, the question is, can you attract the talent then on it? And we have 600 people working in AI with 300 in a hub in Turkey and then a few other hubs. So it means that we have very good digital talent that we can feed the bank with who can build those use cases for us.

And the fourth one is then do you have proof -- do you have a good partner? We use a number of partners, but the main partner is Google, where we use VISTA. And that is actually a data layer whereby we can then use all of our models to develop use cases, both for processing and client interaction. For coding, we do it separately.

And then if you look at the use case, that's number five, we were the first bank to roll out Agentic mortgages in the Netherlands -- in Europe. So in the Netherlands, we did that now. We are going to roll it out in other markets as well. We're going to start to roll out conversational banking with AI. In terms of our chatbot, 75%. So a couple of years ago, 45% of the traffic was routed away through AI. Now with Agentic -- with GenAI, it's going to be 75%. So there, you see that we have a lot of use cases that we can really use in real life, not only to save cost, but also to improve the customer experience because we want these customers to do more with us.

Perfect. We have less than 1 minute. Just very quickly, just almost to tick the box here in terms of your M&A strategy. I mean, I have to ask this question. So I mean, you've been very clear. It's organic, it's primary clients. I mean, I think that's going to be clear. But can you just tell us where you stand today in terms of accelerating this with nonorganic?

23 seconds. So we have very good organic growth. So that's the primary focus. We do it very well. We grow this year things with 5% to 10%, balances with 8%, fees with over 10%. So we're very good. Then I would say bolt-on, but especially in skill sets that we don't have. Let's take an example, we took a 40% stake in Singular, that's a private bank in Spain because we did not have that -- the branding positioning in that market nor we do not have the private banking skill sets because we don't have private bankers.

So if we can then accelerate growth, and we have a call option, by the way, to also buy the remainder. But first, it's about understanding private banking and collaborating better or we do an asset manager in Poland. So add-ons with things that we don't have. Yes. And opportunistically, we can always look at other things, but yes, that is opportunistic. So main focus organic and then bolt-ons. And when I become opportunistic, I will tell you.

Thank you very much, Steven. Thank you.

Thank you.

Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. It gives me great pleasure to host this fireside chat with Ida Lerner, CFO of ING Groep. Ida, thank you very much for joining us in New York.

Thank you for having me.

And I think we'll just get straight into it, straight into the questions. So the first thing I wanted to touch upon was the 2026 and 2027 targets. So ING recently upgraded the RoTE targets in '26 and '27 to above 15% and 16%, respectively. Do you believe you're on track to achieving these targets given the current macro environment?

Yes, absolutely. Indeed, we updated the target and the outlook in line with our second quarter results, and it's really driven by the development that we're seeing in the business year-to-date. We continue to see strong business momentum across the segment, across the geographies where we operate, but also across the different product areas where you see continued strong profitable loan growth, continued strong deposit growth, and we also see a very strong growth in fee income. And all of that in combination with the very strong efficiency that we're seeing also across the board will give us good comfort that we will be able to deliver on the renewed outlook, which is an improved outlook as well.

That's great. And we know that your targets are out to 2027 and 2027 is approaching pretty quickly. So when do you think could be an appropriate time to update the market beyond 2027?

Well, the targets for 2027 were set at the Capital Markets Day in 2024. And as you can see from the numbers, we're well on our way to deliver on those targets and also above those targets in some areas. If you look at retail banking, we see a very strong progress in all the different segments and an uptick that is stronger than what we anticipated moving into -- moving out of the Capital Markets Day. On Wholesale Banking, I would also point to the strong deliveries that we're seeing, not the least in terms of capital velocity and the continued strong loan growth, but with a very modest growth in risk-weighted assets over the past few years.

So I think we can just say that we are well on our way to deliver on the targets set there or above those targets. And then we'll -- I promise you to update you once we decide on renewing those targets, and we'll keep you updated.

Okay. Perfect. But 2027 is indeed approaching quickly.

It is.

That's great. And it wouldn't be a fireside chat without liability margins and rate sensitivity. So how do you think about rate sensitivity in light of the current yield curve? And how do you think about the replicating portfolio? And do you still stand by the liability margin only temporarily being above 100 to 110 basis points in 2027 and 2028?

Yes. What we're saying is that we -- when we look at the liability margin today, we've indicated historically that we believe that we will be between 100 and 110 basis points. In the second quarter, we said that we would most likely for 2026 be slightly higher on the higher end of that or higher mid-end of that range. And then beyond in '27, '28, we're also seeing due to the strong deliveries that we still see in terms of tailwind on the replication portfolio, the continued strong development we see in volume growth on deposits and as well in terms of our ability to continue growing mobile primary customers, which should also support current account growth.

We said that we expect to be above that range in 2027, 2028, also, of course, given the macroeconomic development around us and not the least interest rates. But we see a good kind of tailwind still related to the replication. And if you look at both the long end of those replication portfolio and the shorter end, both are actually now benefiting from higher interest rates. And therefore, we continue to see a good momentum there. And then the question is also, which you rightly challenge us on is where would you expect the liability margin to end up? And why are you only saying that it will be there temporarily for a number of years and then trending back.

And then you really need to look at the composition of our portfolio. And then in terms of the deposit portfolio, where the absolute -- the majority sits in savings accounts, which has historically shown a trend to be competed down to more normalized levels. And then you could say what are normalized levels given any interest rate levels going forward. We expect in terms of what we're seeing today and also the structural shifts that we're seeing impacting deposits overall, the continued strong competition that we see across the markets where we operate, we then say that from where we sit today and what we're seeing, we expect it to potentially come down to 100 and 110 basis points, which has been the more normalized levels. Also, of course, depending on our ability to continue growing current accounts. And that's really an area that we also need to continue focusing on.

That's perfect. And just following up on that, you mentioned the ambition to grow current accounts. What's the strategy there? And how are you thinking about it?

In retail and especially on the PI side, the personal customer side, we have a clear strategy of growing mobile primary customers. And the reason for that is that we want to broaden the customer relationship and focus less on product-specific growth, more in terms of customer value proposition growth. And you can already see that in terms of the percentage-wise number of customers that are moving to become primary customers. We are seeing a very good growth there. And in addition to that, we're seeing a continued positive growth on mobile primary customers, which is, of course, the sweet spot for us.

For us, it's really about making the customer self-service to a larger degree, and that's also where I would argue ING has a unique selling proposition to our customers that they are able to be self-service. That's also how we meet our customers both digitally, but also when they contact us. It's all to guide the customers to solve their own issues that they potentially have, but also in terms of becoming more self-serviced overall and own their own responsibility and become the CFO of their own personal economy. And that's why we believe it's important to continue growing that.

You can also see it in the number of -- or the volumes in terms of current accounts, where we're also seeing in order to become a mobile primary customer, you need to have one type of payments account where you have recurring income coming into. And that's also how we expect to see continued growth in the current side. So I think if we -- if you look at ING historically, which was more on the PI side, perhaps a bit more product-specific in savings and in mortgages. Now we are changing that to more overall holistic customer proposition. That's also why we launched the subscriptions where we're seeing a very good and positive momentum and also from a customer feedback perspective to seeing that as a positive to also grow beyond liabilities and lending into other products as well.

That's very clear and the strategy seems very clear and succinct. I just wanted to touch a little bit on deposit competition and 2 countries in particular. So firstly, Germany, where there are a lot of attractive offers, including the likes of Chase. So how do you think ING's proposition stacks up there versus peers? And what's ING's strategy to grow its deposit franchise in Germany?

The German market is a very big market, and it's a big market in terms of overall for banks, but also more importantly, when looking at deposits. It's a small part of the market that is more flexible in terms of moving in between banks. Most customers continue to be loyal and continue to be more sticky than what people perceive. There is strong competition in all markets where we operate. That's why we need to continue to be best-in-class in terms of customer offerings to also show that we have a customer value proposition that is far better than everyone else's.

When looking at Chase, it's a new entrant into the German market, similar to what we've seen historically with other banks moving in with quite aggressive price offerings in the German market, we see quite an aggressive competition also in Spain. We continue to see Revolut and the neobanks being quite actively promoting really good interest rates. On the other hand, we also see that our customers continue to be loyal and continue to show that they like what ING is offering. And you can also see that in the second quarter, where we continue to see a very strong deposit and strong profitable deposit growth in the German market, but also in other markets in spite of Chase coming into the market.

For us, we continue to focus on profitability, and we continue to focus on customer value proposition. I believe that we have an offering and a position in the German market that gives us great potential to continue growing that franchise, continue growing it both on mortgages, but also on deposits. But more broadly than that, also when looking at what's happening in terms of the pension reform coming into play 1st of January, that's definitely an area that we also expect and plan to be very successful going forward.

That sounds good. And the other country I wanted to touch upon in terms of deposit competition was the Netherlands. So we saw rather in early August increased deposit rates on savings accounts. I wanted to explore whether ING has seen any impact from there and what the strategy would be in the Netherlands.

Well, the Netherlands -- the market in the Netherlands is a bit different compared to Germany in the sense that it's not as. We don't see prominence of promotional campaigns to the same degree that we've seen elsewhere. It is a competitive market. It's an active market. But in the Netherlands, we have a very strong position. We also have a strong client base that continue to use us, and you can also see that in our numbers that we're seeing a good continued uptick in deposit and cross-sell in the Netherlands. I expect it to continue to be competition. And I also expect kind of new pricing points.

But for us, it's really about not being a price pusher in that sense, but focusing on long-term profitability, long-term customer value proposition and really that's how we believe that we will continue to grow the franchise and continue to grow in terms of value to both our shareholders but also to our customers.

That makes sense. And then just again on the deposit side and deposit campaigns, which is something the group is active in. I found it interesting in terms of 95% of retail savings are actually priced at the core rate rather than a deposit campaign. So do deposit campaigns really move the needle? And what's behind them?

For us, as you can see in the past year, we've, I wouldn't say, changed strategy, but we've become even better in using the campaigns to also show that we are giving personalized advice without being personal advice. We're using customer data and customer insight to a larger degree by doing the more under the line -- or below-the-line campaigns rather the full-fledged campaigns. That is also a way for us to continue to attract deposits that our customer has with other banks. It's at a lower cost, both in terms of marketing costs, but also in terms of deposit costs. And it also brings customer value and the customers also see and feel that we see them as who they are and are more targeted in our advice towards the customers.

Campaigns will continue to be an important feature for us and will also continue to be a part of the market where that is a prominent feature overall. And I also think if you look at the last 2.5 years, our net deposit has grown by EUR 100 billion. That shows that we have a strong franchise, and it's really showing in terms of profitability, I would argue, going forward. So short answer to your question, yes, promotional campaigns will continue to be an important feature. We could do larger campaigns, but I actually see a strong benefit in continuing using the customer data using our digital footprint and digital DNA to show our customers that we see them for who they are and really bring added value beyond just price.

Sure. And then just switching to the lending side and the lending margin, it ticked down a little bit in Q2 versus Q1. Just big picture, are you seeing lending margin pressure anywhere in particular by geography or by product?

When looking at the lending margin, you also need to look at the composition of the portfolio. There, we're seeing a stronger growth in the lower-risk segment, both when you look at we're growing in percentage-wise on mortgages to a larger degree, and we're also on wholesale banking growing in low risk, which also means that we need to look at it in terms of profitability, of course, but we never lose sight of profitability and at the lending margin trending now down to 124 where we expect it to continue to remain. That's not a reflection of increased competition or that is an irrational market anywhere where we operate, rather the opposite that we continue focusing on profitability and also risk-weighted assets and overall risk grades.

That makes sense. And I know so far, you've touched upon volumes and volume growth, but the volume growth at ING, both on the lending and deposit side has been exceptional and higher than the 5% kind of medium- to long-term target that ING aspires for. So do you think this elevated level is something that's sustainable? Or how do you think about this?

Yes, we have seen a strong growth. If you look at it over the past years or since the Capital Markets Day, we've had a compound average growth rate of 7% on loans and 6% on deposits. That is above the 5% that we have indicated. But for us, again, we would like to continue growing where it generates profitability and where we also see that it's long term driving the customer value proposition. And then longer term, we have maintained our outlook of having a balanced growth between lending and deposits of around 5%. It will, of course, also depend on the macro and the underlying growth in the markets where we operate.

But again, profitability and a long-term trajectory around 5% is where we believe that we could also continue to add value in terms of shareholder value going forward. But if we continue to see that we, with a higher efficiency, increased kind of time to yes, which is an important feature here as well. If we are able to grow more than the market or grow more than 5%, then we would happily do so if it brings profitability.

That makes sense. And then just moving a bit along in terms of capital allocation and focusing on the wholesale bank a little bit. So at the last Capital Markets Day in 2024, ING spoke about 55% of RWAs in retail, 45% in Wholesale Banking. In the second quarter, that's already been surpassed. So how do you think about the allocation of capital now? And are you on track to improve the profitability in the wholesale bank?

To the latter question, yes, absolutely. In the sense that you look at, as I mentioned initially, you continue to see a strong loan growth in the Wholesale Banking side, but at capped risk-weighted assets almost. That's also due to the fact that we're now doing SRTs to a larger degree than what we have done before. Started in November last year, did another SRT in the second quarter and expect to continue doing SRTs to optimize the capital position. And that also means that we need to not only optimize the capital position in Wholesale Banking, but to a larger degree, turn that capital around and really work with originate and distribute and further cross-sell beyond lending, which is an untapped potential in Wholesale Banking, which Ljiljana, our new Head of Wholesale Banking, is really focusing on and is developing in terms of continued skill set among our corporate bankers on the wholesale banking side.

I see very promising development in terms of number of payments and cash management mandates being won that should also continue to grow deposits on wholesale banking in addition to continue using SRTs as the way of optimizing the capital position and originate and distribute. And then we will continue to kind of prioritize growth on the retail side and in particular, if you look at mortgage lending, which is continuing to be profitable in most of the markets where we operate, but also bringing added value in terms of deposits, further cross-sell potential in other fee-related areas where we've seen a good growth historically.

That's perfect. And then just thinking about capital allocation in another way. So in terms of M&A, and I know that's another debate topic for ING. But Steven earlier at the conference this month spoke about M&A and especially related to Germany and on the insurance and investment side. So what makes ING attractive to this subcategory? And then can you just, in general, remind us of the attributes of a specific M&A target, which would be likable for ING?

First, I would say ING has a unique position to grow organically. We have 41 million retail customers, of which only 16 million are mobile primary customers, just the potential to cross-sell even further with that customer base organically in the markets where we operate today and through continuing to drive fee income, I would say, is unprecedented in terms of looking at our peers. That is one area. And what we've said in terms of M&A is that we would look at areas to make acquisitions where it would either add to our organic growth story or where we are adding capabilities and product capabilities or competence in, say, Private Banking and Wealth Management, where we have a weaker proposition today or footprint than otherwise.

But I think it's just so important for me to reiterate, we have an enormous potential on the organic growth side, and it's important for us not to derail focus from that and investments into that by looking at kind of broadening M&A. M&A requires quite a bit of management attention to make it successful. And that's why we have very high hurdles of what we are doing and what we're looking at as well, and we'll continue to do so. But if you look at more importantly, where we have done acquisitions lately, if you look at Singular, for instance, which was the latest one, which was a stake in a company that we strongly believe in, in a market being Spain, where we don't have a footprint or a position on the private banking side or on the asset management side, we want to continue to grow organically by increasing or establishing ourselves on the private banking side in Spain.

But at the same time, through the position that we now have and the stake that we have in Singular, it gives us a unique proposition or capability to also learn and gain part of a market that we would have quite difficulties, I would argue, growing organically. And then it's also an ability for us or proposition for us to move from the stake that we have today to full ownership. But there, we also need to ensure when you acquire a company that is not only a portfolio, but you're actually acquiring people and competence. We want to do it together in partnership with the management. The management is very positive in terms of the stake that we've taken now. It's clear that this is a partnership and with the potential to increase that ownership to 100% further down the line.

But again, we want to ensure that both the customers want to be part of this journey and also management want to be part of this journey. And there, I think Singular is a really good example of how we would like to do that and approach it going forward.

Indeed. And that brings me very well on to the next question, which is about the stakes ING has. So we saw in August, ING reduced its stake in TTB once again. Just firstly, what's the rationale for this? And how do you think about the other stakes you have such as VLK and Bank of Beijing?

I would split Bank of Beijing and TTB in one bucket and VLK and Singular in another bucket in the sense that Bank of Beijing and TTB were acquisitions that we did a number of years ago where we had a completely different international scope, a different strategy. There, you now also see that we are taking actions to reduce those stakes in order to also reallocate capital and reallocate in order to free up capital, but also in investments to other things or in terms of bringing shareholder value long term. That's why you're now seeing in June, we reduced our stake in TTB, continue to do so in August. And this is a part of a longer-term strategy of reducing those areas where we're not having a strategic stake and where we also see potential to do it profitably in a way that also supports shareholder value long term.

When looking at VLK and Singular, I already talked about Singular, but VLK is an interesting investment for us. I would also say, if you look at the numbers, it's adding to our shareholder value proposition. And it also brings added value to ING in the sense that this is a different type of private banking setup than what we have in-house. And it's -- in a way, it creates internal competition, but it also shows us that it brings added value long term to shareholders.

That makes sense. And does anyone in the audience have any questions?

Okay. I'll keep asking them then. Just switching gears a bit and looking at ING's FTEs. So earlier this year, ING announced a reduction in 1,250 operational roles. And just in the last quarter, we've seen group FTEs decline a bit quarter-on-quarter. So firstly, how is the reduction in the 1,250 roles going? And how do you see FTEs progressing?

Well, the 1,250 FTEs are well underway. And for us, it's important to do this in a structured way and also in a responsible way towards our employees and ensure that everyone also understand what is that we're doing and why are we doing it. It's linked to increased efficiency in our processes, continued straight-through processes, continued focus on using digital and automated processes internally. And of course, AI is a very clear indication here, or a clear example of how the use cases that we're putting in production are actually showing also in terms of our numbers.

Here, we're seeing that using AI, and particularly on KYC and in the onboarding process, and they related to AML process overall, has continued potential, but this is a clear indication of how we're using it and how it's also standardizing our processes globally for ING. That's why scale is so important for us and really shows how we can use a scalable mindset in our way of working across the board using our hubs to a larger degree than what we have done before and really streamline those process.

I think that there is more to do by using AI going forward to also achieve efficiencies, but also in further automation and further standardization across the group where we come from a situation where ING Direct had quite local setup in different geographies. We are now moving it more in terms of how can we think of global platforms in the sense that how we operate, not necessarily talking about the tech stack, but more in terms of how we operate and how we meet our customers and how we handle the more operational tasks where there is more potential also going forward.

Sure. I think you had a question.

[indiscernible]

I'll repeat the question perhaps if people in the audience didn't hear it. Are we seeing a trend or a tendency from the regulators to easen up in terms of capital requirements in Europe similar to what we've seen in the U.S. and more importantly, in terms of the Dutch regulations?

We are ECB regulated. So for us, the regulation coming through ECB is the main driver for us. And then, of course, you have the local supervisor -- supervision from DNB in the Netherlands that is added to that. Overall, I would say we are seeing trends of simplification from Europe as a response also to what we're seeing in the U.S.

On the other hand, I would say that I believe that the communication from ECB has been quite clear that it's not -- we're not talking about easening capital requirements necessarily, but we're talking about simplification and standardization of the processes, how they -- in terms of reporting requirements from banks, in terms of also simplifying the, what we call the SREP process, which is now significantly simplified in the sense that it's less pages, less focused in terms of the micro level and more the macro level. These are very important steps for us. It reduces the burden internally, and it also makes us more risk-based, which I think is the most important thing for banks overall that we continue operating in a risk-based approach.

We see more standardization between the local regulators, not only in terms of the Dutch regulator and ECB, but as we operate across the board in a lot of different jurisdictions, I think simplification, standardization and a more harmonized regulatory environment is important for us. And that's why we are also advocating that quite strongly in our dialogue with ECB, but also with local regulators. I don't expect to see capital easening in Europe in a broad-based perspective. That's why we need to continue working with capital optimization tools, how do we think about using our capital in a smarter way? How can we also think more smarter in terms of where we operate and how we allocate capital.

And that's going to be -- continue to be the feature for us. Level playing field is the most important thing rather than thinking about how can we optimize kind of in a macro level. It's more the level playing field, both in terms of the U.S. banks operating in Europe, but also across the European countries to see more harmonization, less local deviations compared to the overall European standards. And that's where we also put the most focus from our perspective.

Thank you. Does anyone else have any other questions? Sure.

[indiscernible]

I think there are significant opportunities. If I take AI, we haven't talked about that. But if I look at AI in 3 different dimensions at least. But first of all, I would say we use AI to ensure that our staff, our 60,000 employees continue to be highly relevant and highly skilled in terms of using AI to a larger degree across the board. The second part is where can we make the more manual processes more efficient and less time consuming, but also in terms of reducing the number of employees. That's where we see a good development on AML. I would say, AML-related tasks. We're already now seeing a significant reduction in number of people working with AML related or KYC-related tasks driven by AI.

There, there is a significant potential, I would argue, also going forward when you continue looking at the end-to-end processes rather than just adding AI to an existing manual human-built process, if you manage to really redesign the process end-to-end and that goes beyond AML, that's where you will see the largest potential, but also the quality enhancer in terms of using AI to a larger degree. And then the third element is where you see increased productivity or increased potential in terms of income generation. There, if you look at the agentic mortgage where we use generative AI in terms of agentic mortgages in the Netherlands, where we are seeing a massive improvement in terms of time to yes, not necessarily that it's reducing costs from our perspective, but it's enhancing the quality of the process and it's reducing time to yes.

In a market where we are digital first, where the market overall and our customers are highly digital and our competitors are highly digital, time to yes just becomes even more important. And that's where we see a great potential also to look beyond cost efficiencies and then looking at where can we also add more income potential and also make us even more competitive going forward. So short answer to your question, yes, there is more potential using AI in some of the manual back-end operational tasks that we're still doing, but not only in terms of reducing -- I'm not targeting reducing full-time employees. I'm targeting how can we use AI in a way that it frees up time for our employees to focus on customer value-adding services more than anything else.

We have time for one final question. So I wanted to touch on Belgium because it's a little bit softer in terms of profitability than other countries ING operates in. So I really wanted to ask where do you think returns can go? And what's being done to improve profitability?

I think Capital Markets Day in 2024, we said that we had a target of improving the return on equity to 14%. We are well on our way to deliver on that. And I think, yes, you could look at it by saying that Belgium is not performing in line with some of our other countries, and it's true. But if you look at the shift and the changes that have been made locally in terms of focusing more on cost efficiency, reducing the number of branches, really focusing on counteracting changes in terms of that has meant that the cost level has remained flat in an environment where inflationary pressure and indexations would have meant that costs would have increased significantly more. I would say that the management team in the ExCo in Belgium has done a fantastic job.

Also when looking at how they're balancing the growth in deposits as well as on mortgages, where we've seen a slower growth in mortgages, but at the same time, really building the fee base. If you see the growth on fee income in Belgium and linking it to the investment proposition that we have there, I would say that there is more to come. There is more potential to come in the Belgium market.

But I actually think it's a bit unfair to say that it's not delivering in line with our expectation because if you look at what they have achieved year-to-date and also the trajectory that they're on to in terms of delivering on the targeted 14% of return on equity, I think that's a tremendous work that is being done. And it's all about the customer proposition also there. There's more growth potential on business banking, where we can do even more moving into deposit growth and fee-based growth in terms of payments where we haven't been as focused historically, but there's more potential going forward.

Great. Well, we've come to the end of our fireside chat, and thanks very much for joining us, Ida, and it was a pleasure.

Thank you.

Good morning. This is Laura. Welcoming you to ING's 2Q 2026 Conference Call. I'm handing this conference call over to Steven van Rijswijk, Chief Executive Officer of ING Group, let me first say that today's comments may include forward-looking statements such as statements regarding future developments in our business, expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact.

Actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. A discussion of factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement is contained in our public filings, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F filed with the United Securities and Exchange Commission and our earnings press release as posted on our website today. Furthermore, nothing in today's conference, constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities. Good morning, Steven, over to you.

Thank you very much. Good morning, and welcome to our results call for the second quarter of 2026. And thank you for joining us today. I hope that you're all doing well. I'm joined by our CFO, Ida Lerner; and by our new CEO, Andrea Cesaroni. Through our growing the difference strategy, we have accelerated growth in both our customer base and customer balances and our excellent second quarter results demonstrated its commercial performance is translating into improved operating leverage and sustainable earnings growth.

And there, I will discuss the drivers behind these results, the value we continue to create through the consistent execution of our strategy and how our strong progress so far this year has enabled us to further upgrade our outlook for 2026 and 2027. After that, Ida will walk you through the quarterly financials. And at the end of the call, we will be happy to take your questions.

And with that, let's start with Slide 2. We are pleased by the continued strong customer activity that we see across the franchise as well as by the clear upward momentum in our profit. And what is particularly encouraging is that these are not separate developments, they are part of the same growth strategy. And we continue to attract more customers and more customers choose us as their primary bank allowing us to deepen the relationships with more products and higher volumes. And we increasingly do so through a scalable operating model, and this translates into further income growth and diversification positive operating jaws and higher profitability. And the self-reinforcing cycle is the core engine of our strategy and allows us to grow our business, generate capital and offer attractive shareholder returns, all at the same time.

And looking at the second quarter, we've added 377,000 mobile primary customers, bringing our growth in the last 12 months to over EUR 1 million ahead of the target set at our Capital Markets Day in June 2024. And let me remind you that mobile primary customer growth is not just about acquiring new customers. Mobile primary customer growth indicates that we are deepening the role that ING plays in their financial lives, and it is economically important and the fundamental strength of the ING brand because primary relationships are the foundation for deeper engagement, more cross-selling, increasing balances and ultimately higher income generation per customer. And this is what we clearly see reflected here on the slide as well.

Loan growth, again, strong at an annualized pace of more than 8% with continued demand from customers across our markets. We also saw strong inflow of deposits from our customers at an annualized pace of 8.5%, supported by successful deposit-gathering campaigns aimed at both existing and new to bank customers. Fee income that grew by 4% year-on-year, benefiting from our growing customer base and from increased customer engagement, both in retail banking and in Wholesale Banking. And finally, our sustainable volume mobilized has increased 28% in the first half of '26 as we remain committed to supporting our in their sustainable transitions.

And overall, this continued momentum in customer activity has translated into income growth of more than 5% over the past 12 months, while head count was reduced by more than 1% and cost growth and cost growth remained well contained at around 2%. And these positive operating jaws of more than 3 percentage points clearly demonstrates how we are increasingly enabling scalable growth. And as a result of that, the ROTE, the return on tangible equity reached 17% in the second quarter, while our fourth quarter rolling ROTE improved by 1.5 percentage points year-on-year.

Now let me move to the next slide where we will take a closer look at how we are progressing against some of these strategic priorities. And we move to Slide 3. And this slide shows how we have doubled our growth since launching our growing difference strategy starting at the Capital Markets Day mid-2024. And besides clearly illustrating the accelerated growth in customer balances, we see even stronger growth in income diversification.

First, turning to the loan book. As a leading European mortgage bank, we continue helping people financing their homes. And this has been a strong driver for overall lending growth, which is furthermore supported by diversified growth across business banking, consumer lending and wholesanking. And we're growing the book where we see attractive risk opportunities while remaining disciplined on capital consumption. And this allows us to support our customers, capture profitable organic growth and generate attractive return.

Our deposit franchise remains a fundamental strength and cornerstone of ING. Our deposit book is large, it's highly granular, predominantly in short and ever growing. And it provides stable anniversed funding while the combination of accelerated growth in deposits and stronger inflows and assets under management clearly shows that we are capturing a larger share of our customers' overall financial assets. And this interplay of a strength, customer loyalty, and continued growth provides a strong foundation for continued bank expansion.

And I already mentioned the strong net inflows in asset under management and our success in investment products is a key contributor to accelerated growth in overall fee income as well. In fee income, we see improved momentum across all our businesses, benefiting from a growing customer base, broadening our product offerings and from increased customer activity across both retail and wholesale. In short, our strategy is delivering accelerated and value-accretive growth across our franchise.

And with that, we move to Slide 4. And now on the previous Slide 3, you have seen how our growth strategy has successfully translated into results. But this slide, Slide 4, there highlight a few examples of consistent strategy execution across our business segments which will further drive commercial growth in the future. In private individuals, start with that first, we focus on accelerating growth by increasing impact and value for our customers, for example, through agent mortgages, which is already live in production. Agentic mortgages are a prime example of how our AI capabilities allow us to achieve true scalable growth, and we use AI to significantly reduce the time to yes. That's a time to approval, and we service a greater number of customers without adding additional FTEs.

On the commercial side, we are rolling out a new global subscriptions model designed to make daily banking easier and to deliver greater value for customers and this move marks an important step in our strategy to evolve from a product-based banking towards more relationship-based propositions, combining banking, protection, lifestyle benefits within 1 single offering. And soon, we will start to roll out conversational banking in our mobile app, which is a personal assistant of the genetic AI capabilities, providing a significantly enhanced digital experience to our customers.

In summary, we continue to make banking simple fixtures for our customers, on the 1 hand, on the other hand, delivering increasing value and impact in accelerating our growth. Building scale in more market segments and playing a bigger role in the overall economy was another key theme of our strategy. And in business banking, talking about building scale, we are deploying our high-return model in other countries as well. We have launched Germany and Italy business banking. And early next year, we will be launching in Spain. And we are also increasingly adding new capabilities to our offering. And over the past 6 months, we have seen a doubling of our net customer growth.

Then private banking, we are building a third retail pillar based on the strong synergies with our other business segments. And we've launched our private banking proposition in Italy, providing tailored wealth management, investment strategies and financial planning with a mix of digital tools and personal advisers. And we will soon follow a similar approach in Spain, where in addition, we have acquired a stake of approximately 40% in the Spanish leading Spanish wealth manager, a Singular bank and Singular Bank will continue to operate as an independent entity in the Spanish private banking market with a profit offering a product offering that is complementary to the ING.

And together with Singular's management team, we will focus -- we will work on further commercial cooperation in identified opportunities for growth. And if we look ahead, private banking will be a key contributor to overall income diversification and is therefore very encouraging to see that a 30% year-on-year fee income growth was achieved in this segment.

And then Wholesale Banking, there, we've made strong progress in diversifying our income and increasing capital velocity. Wholesale Banking fees income keep increasing quarter-over-quarter and is now 11% ahead of the prior year, supported by a wide range of products and services. And furthermore, our focus on attracting customer deposits is paying off with a CAGR of almost 10% in the last 2 years.

Now we stay with Wholesale Banking a little bit. Let's move to Slide 5, and there I will zoom in on the progress that we made in capital optimization. And this slide, Slide 5 shows how our disciplined RWA management accelerates the enhancement of our overall ROTE profile for the group. While our loan book expanded significantly year-on-year, our growth in risk-weighted assets has been limited. The strong performance in RWA management is mainly driven by capital optimization measures in wholesale banking, where RWA consumption came down in absolute terms by EUR 4.6 billion year-on-year despite growing its lending book and revenues.

Wholesale Banking has managed down its RWA consumption through the increasing use of secondary loan sales, insurance and overall client portfolio optimization as well as through SRTs, including a EUR 1 billion RWA benefit from our first SRT transaction this year. Again, at our Capital Markets Day in 2024, we announced our expectation to shift the capital allocation between retail and wholesale from 50-50 at that point to 55% for retail banking by the end of 2027. And since then, the combination of accelerated client activity in retail banking and the disciplined RWA management and wholesale banking has enabled us to already exceed that target today 18 months ahead of plan. Going forward, we will continue to optimize capital allocation to further enhance our overall RTE profile.

Now we go to Slide 6. And on that slide, we see the financial effect of consistently executing our growing the difference strategy, our ability to grow our customer base, deepen relationships with customers and the reverse income and while doing so in a scalable way. is translating into positive operating leverage and higher profitability. And we then deploy the capital we generate efficiently, investing in profitable growth in selective M&A and returning structurally excess capital to our shareholders. And as a result, we are increasingly converting our profitability growth into a higher earnings per share, with EPS increasing by 16% year-on-year.

Over the past 12 months, we have delivered EUR 6.7 billion of net profit equivalent to 2 percentage points of CET1. And of this EUR 6.7 billion, 50%, has been reserved for our regular dividend distributions. Around 10% has been used to fund profitable growth and around 40%, the remainder has been allocated to additional distributions, selective M&A or has been reserved outside of CET1. And overall, this is a strong demonstration of increased capital generation and disciplined capital allocation.

And let's discuss on Slide 7, where I will show how these results in highly attractive shareholder returns. On Slide 7, in line with our distribution policy, we have consistently paid cash dividends, and we have been executing significant share buyback programs for several years. And together, this results in consistent and attractive total distribution per share. The share buyback program we announced in April is currently underway and is expected to be completed in October this year and looking ahead, we remain fully committed to strong capital discipline and strong shareholder returns. We maintain our semiannual rhythm of assessing the potential for additional distributions, and we will update you again with our third quarter results.

And now before handing over to Ira, let me conclude with Slide 9. On Slide 9, we show how our strong progress this year has enabled us to further upgrade our outlook for '26 and '27. We're well on track to add 1 million mobile primary customers per year. Our fee income growth is tracking well a health plan, and we expect to already reach the EUR 5 billion mark in fees this year, 1 year ahead of our original plan. For 2027, we upgraded our outlook to the range of EUR 5.3 billion to EUR 5.5 billion.

On the back of strong momentum both in commercial NII and fee income, we also increased our outlook for total outcome where we now expect more than EUR 24.5 billion in 2026 and more than EUR 26 billion in 2027. While client activity and volumes were significantly stronger than previously expected, our operating expenses are tracking well in line with our full year outlook, which is therefore reiterated which ensures an even stronger operating leverage than previously planned. Combined with the strong progress that we've made in enhancing our business mix and ROTE profile, we're now upgrading our ROTE outlook by 1 percentage point for both years.

Now expecting an RoTE of more than 15% in 2026 and more than 16% in 2027. Through the consistent execution of our strategy, we are delivering a good range of catalysts that will continue to support the upward part of our ROTE and EPS in the years to come.

I will now hand over to Ida who will take you through our quarterly results in more detail, starting with Slide 11. ida?

Thank you, Steven. It's my pleasure to walk you through the key drivers of our strong performance in the second quarter. On Slide 11, we can see how the sustained growth momentum in commercial NII and fee income drove an increase in total income by 10% year-on-year. Commercial NII is supported by continued volume growth on both sides of the balance sheet by disciplined commercial pricing and by the prolonged hedging tailwind on our replication customer deposits. Fee income also continued its upward trend, benefiting from our growing customer base and increased customer activity, up 14% compared to the same quarter last year. All other income recovered from the heightened market volatility that affected the previous quarter and was furthermore supported by stronger trading income in financial markets. Overall, total income increased 8% quarter-on-quarter and 10% year-on-year driven by stronger customer activity across the franchise.

Let's take a closer look at the volume growth. Turning to Slide 12. Here, we show the development of our customer balances. As you can see, we delivered another quarter of strong commercial growth. Net core lending increased by EUR 15.2 billion. Retail Banking grew its loan book by EUR 12.1 billion, Demand for mortgages remains solid with strong production in the Netherlands, Germany, Italy and Australia. Business lending also increased alongside growth in consumer lending. Wholesale booking delivered EUR 3 billion of net core lending growth as client demand for financing remained robust.

On the liability side, customers have continued to interact more of their savings with us as reflected in the net core deposit growth of EUR 15.9 billion. Retail Banking contributed EUR 16.7 billion, supported by successful deposit gathering campaigns as well as seasonal inflows related to holiday allowance payments. We saw strong net inflows, particularly in Germany and in the Netherlands. Wholesale banking deposits declined slightly. We continue to see positive momentum from new mandates in our payments and cash pooling business. However, this was offset by outflows from higher volatility deposit balances, particularly in financial markets.

Now on to commercial NII on Slide 13. Commercial NII grew by EUR 114 million quarter-on-quarter and was 10.7% higher than last year. Lending NII rose by EUR 16 million quarter-on-quarter, driven by 8% annualized growth in lending volumes. The lending margin decreased slightly, mainly as a result of growth in lower risk density lines. Liability NII increased by EUR 97 million, supported by higher deposit volumes and a 3 basis points improvement in the liability margin. This higher liability margin is a reflection of the prolonged hedging tailwind on our replicated deposits. The incremental benefit from higher replication income was partly offset by higher campaign related deposit costs, which had been particularly low in the previous quarter.

Looking ahead, on the back of a very strong first half of the year, we expect a higher level of commercial NII than previously guided for the full year. We now expect commercial NII for the full year to be between EUR 16.8 billion and EUR 17 billion. We have also slightly upgraded our 2026 liability margin outlook and now expect the full year average margin to be in the upper mid range of 110 basis points.

Turning to Slide 14. The development in fee income clearly reflects the appeal of our customer proposition and increased customer activity across the franchise. Total fee income grew by EUR 42 million quarter-on-quarter and was up 14% year-on-year. In Retail Banking, our fee income rose 16% year-on-year supported by growing customer base and improved cross-selling selling. We see strong performance across a wide and expanding range of products and services. Our investment products, in particular, continued to perform very well. Customers are increasingly using our services with an 8% rise in number of customers who hold an investment account with ING and with EUR 21 billion of net flows over the past 12 months.

As Steven already mentioned, we are successfully capturing a larger share of our customers' overall financial assets. demonstrated by the combination of the EUR 26 billion year-on-year net inflow in retail deposits and EUR 21 billion net inflow in assets under management. In Wholesale Banking, fee income grew 11% year-on-year across several products, demonstrating its progress on further in coiversification. For the full year, we expect to generate EUR 5 billion in fee income, which is up EUR 400 million year-on-year and that we will reach our EUR 5 billion target 1 year ahead of plan.

With that, let's move to Slide 15. On the slide, we show the development of all other income. The previous quarter was impacted by hedge ineffectiveness and by lower financial markets results resulting from the heightened market volatility and the sharp increase in interest rates. In the second quarter, we saw a strong recovery in the hedge ineffectiveness result on the back of reduced market volatility. Financial Markets also recovered a stronger quarter with improved trading income. Year-on-year, when excluding for positive results from hedge and effectiveness, all other income decreased. This is largely due to lower results from foreign currency exchange hedging in treasury, where the benefit from interest rate differentials between our main currencies has gradually come down over the past 12 months. Overall, we expect all other income for the full year to end somewhere between EUR 2.5 billion and EUR 2.7 billion.

Next, Slide 16, moving to expenses. Expenses, excluding regulatory costs and incidental items are up 4.2% year-on-year. Besides annual salary increases, this mainly reflects higher marketing costs which were particularly low in the first quarter. On a year-to-date basis, our cost growth is tracking at 2.7%, which is well in line with our previously communicated full year outlook. And as a reminder, within this full year outlook, we had already absorbed EUR 30 million of previous quarters incidental items. and we will similarly absorb the roughly EUR 30 million of incremental costs this year from the consolidation of TFI. Incidental items in the second quarter and those that may be booked in the subsequent quarters will be incremental to the full year outlook.

In the second quarter of the year, we have booked EUR 41 million of incidental items, which will result in roughly EUR 40 million of annualized cost savings once fully implemented. Continued digitalization and our scaling of AI solutions increasingly allows us to enable commercial growth through a scalable operating model. As a result, we have improved our full-time employees over customer balances ratio by almost 7% year-on-year.

Now let's move to risk costs on Slide 17. I Total risk costs were EUR 279 million in the second quarter, equivalent to 15 basis points of average customer lending. This is well below our through-the-cycle average of 20 basis points reflecting prudent risk management and the quality and strength of our loan book. Net additions to Stage 3 provision amounted to EUR 270 million, including releases related to the sale of nonperforming loans in retail banking. Stage 1 and Stage 2 risks were insignificant. The impact from changes in the macroeconomic forecast was offset by a partial release of the management overlay for interest-only mortgages in the Netherlands. Overall, we remain confident in the strength and quality of our line book.

And finally, let me take you to Slide 18 to discuss our core equity Tier 1 development. On Slide 18, we owe the development of our core equity Tier 1 ratio, which improved to 13.1%. Capital generation has been strong, supported by rising profitability and continued capital optimization measures. Overall, we generated 65 basis points in core equity Tier 1 in the quarter. which allowed us to reserve 100% of net results outside the core equity Tier 1 capital. Risk-weighted assets decreased by EUR 2.4 billion in the quarter, a EUR 0.5 billion FX impact and risk-weighted asset growth from business activity were more than offset by EUR 1 billion of relief from an SRT transaction as well as model updates a partial reduction in our stake in TTV and lower market risk-weighted assets.

Within Wholesale Banking, risk-weighted asset management was particularly strong reflecting continued capital optimization efforts. Wholesale Banking risk-weighted assets decreased EUR 5.3 billion in the quarter despite strong lending growth.

And with that, let me hand back to Steven to wrap up today's presentation.

Thank you, Ida. Before we move to Q&A, let me recap the key takeaways from today's presentation. The consistent execution of our growing the difference strategy is delivering increasing value with strong progress across all segments. We are building a larger and deeper customer franchise, increasingly diversifying our income and serving that growth at a lower incremental cost, creating a self-reinforcing cycle of customer growth, earnings growth, capital generation and increasing shareholder value per share. The rebalancing of the group's profile is progressing ahead of plan with the allocation of capital to higher return segments.

Furthermore, our continued capital efficiency allowed for a full reservation of quarterly net profit while still increasing the CET1 ratio to 13.1%. And as a reflection of strong and disciplined execution of our strategy, we are upgrading our ROTE outlook by 1 percentage point now expecting an ROTE of more than 15% in 2026 and more than 16% in 2027.

And with that, I would like to open the floor for Q&A. Operator?

[Operator Instructions] We will now take our first question from Benjamin Goy of Deutsche Bank.

Maybe you can give a little more color on the liability margin going forward now with deposit campaigns should we expect a modest increase in list margin going forward? Or is that 3 basis points of good momentum given the apparent you have in eradicating portfolio? And then the second question on Private Banking. Maybe can you give us a bit more color first on why 40% is a good number rather than a full acquisition. And also more color on the general strategy for this pillar because almost 2 years and now you have a bit more numbers, but still look better to understand the strategy. Is it mainly about gaining wallet share? Or is it also gaining new clients in these markets?

All right. Thank you much, Ben. I will take the question on Private Banking and Ida will talk about the liability margin. About private banking, but let me start just in general to say, look, we want -- and we are diversifying our bank. And we have a fantastic customer base where we can become much more impactful and relevant with that customer base. That starts in private individuals, for example, where we have 41 million customers by offering them investment products, and we are increasingly doing so. So we're broadening and deepening the product propositions to our private individuals. And therefore, we see the assets under management growing that now grew with 27% to EUR 322 billion.

Every quarter, we grow the number of people that are investing with us with about 100,000 to 125,000 every quarter, We see it going up. And currently, there's about 5.3 million people investing through ING and that's very good because it's growing. But 5.3 million compared to the 41 million, all this still shows that there is an enormous amount of upside.

And then secondly, we're developing a customer segment that also use these investment products, but it's also a way of serving customers, which is private banking, which is for people who have more money to invest. And we set up that third pillar as a separate pillar in the retail banking a couple of years ago, now rolling it out in all markets because we have a private banking segments in some markets like the Netherlands or Belgium, but in many markets that did not exist. So we're setting that up. And in doing so, we also look at, is there an opportunity to speed up the ability next to organic growth that we can provide new services to the same and to new customers. And in Spain, we did that with buying a 40% stake in Singular.

Singular is a fantastic private bank with a great customer base. And we are taking a stake in them, therefore, elaborating with similar bank in doing more with their customers, but also providing our customers with the opportunity to invest in Singular. And this is also for us an opportunity to learn how to develop private banking in a market in which until now did not develop private in activities. And that's why we bought the 40% with an option we said already in the press release to buy the total at a later point in time. liability margin.

Thank you, and thanks for your question. As you noted, the liability margin increased by 3 basis points in the quarter and is now at 107 basis points, this reflects a disciplined deposit pricing and also, of course, a continued benefit from the replication portfolio and the tailwind that we already started to see in the second half of last year and continues to see now. We are also seeing this quarter that we have a good uptick in deposits in a lot of different markets, but also driven by campaigns in several of our countries. And in addition to that, of course, we point to Germany bringing in EUR 7.8 billion this quarter in deposits.

We are not saying anything in terms of campaigns going forward. But if you look at this quarter and compare it to the first quarter, we're more pointing to a normalization of compaign activity following a fairly quiet first quarter, and that's also how I would look at it going forward. When looking at the liability margin outlook, we're saying that we expect to be in the upper mid end of our guidance in terms of 100, 110 basis points this year. But in '27 and '28, we say also expect to be above 110 in a period of time and then to be normalized going forward back to the levels that we have seen historically. Also driven by the composition of the portfolio, where you know that we have a larger reliance on savings than current accounts, but that's also, of course, dependent on the growth going forward.

And we will now take our next question from Shrey Srivastava of Citi.

I'd just like to ask about the nature of some of the deposit growth you've seen in the quarter, which has been really quite strong and particularly Germany, you may. Is it largely sort of new to bank customers and of the customers you attract, there's been a lot of debate around sort of the nature of some of these customers. So if you could provide a bit more detail on what's the age profile? How many products do they take up with you and so on.

And just following on from that, my second question is around the nature of some of these, I think you tended below the line deposit campaigns. Could you provide some more detail around how you do the targeting for these campaigns and just the strategy of each market.

All right. Thank you, Shrey. So on the deposit growth, there was a deposit growth of about EUR 16 billion this year, this quarter. Actually, we grew deposits in all markets. So that's, of course, then largely with existing customers. And of course, we acquired 380,000 new customers, but it was across the board. Two countries stand out one is the Netherlands, whereby the holiday allowances on the salaries are typically paid in the second quarter, and that causes them additional inflow in the Netherlands. And in Germany, we did a below-the-line campaign, so that's a campaign to existing customers, whereby we then do fresh money campaigns, to which also therefore increase the deposits over there.

So on the first question, the answer is largely with existing customers. Now on the campaigns, but I think that you asked for quite a bit of detail. But let me just tell you that the campaign activity varies market by market, and it depends on where we see the most opportunities and that can sometimes be attracting new to bank customers or we encourage fresh money inflows from existing ones. And if you look at new-to-bank customers, a [indiscernible] or cashback is in a way to get customers on board and then they get to experience our Apple service model, after which many of them remain active clients. And typically, we say when we will campaign 2/3 of the fresh money will stay and 1/3 will flow out after the campaign ends.

If you look at existing customers, that was below the line campaign that we did this time around in Germany. Those fresh money campaigns are a tool to increase the share of wallet, and then we give attractive retention rates and short payback periods. And in the second quarter, we see that now happening in Germany. So always when we do these things, it's always highly data-driven. It's always tailored to local objectives to the local customer base. and local market condition and customer dynamics. So that's what I can say about that.

And we will now take our next question from Giulia Miotto of Morgan Stanley.

I have 2. So first of all, on the packages that you have launched this quarter, how is the take-up going if you can share any stats on that would be interesting to hear. And then Secondly, the ROTE guidance has been upgraded above 16% for next year. But Steven, you are already ahead of a few targets of the previous Capital Markets Day and the capital allocation, the profitability. So in European banks in general are approaching ROTE is closer to 20%. So can we start dreaming about high teens ROE, especially as we look into 2028? And when can we hear about your midterm ambitions next.

Thanks, Giulia for your questions. On the subscription packages, so we used a subscription for subscription packages in a number of our markets earlier this year. And to date, 17 million customers have been migrated and by default, customers migrate to an equivalent package and the upselling because you have more and then you have max, those are the higher packages. And so as far as, of course, with basic banking services, but then you can also buy protection services and you can buy even lifestyle packages on television or online media or travel. So there's many things that you can do to upsell, and basically, we do that because we want to then offer an integral package because customers are asking for that to make their lives easier to buy a bundle of these services than buy them all separately. So that's also why I said in my presentation, we're moving from a product -- more product-based offering to a more integral client-based offering, depending on the profile of the customer.

Now that upselling requires time, and we will -- but we believe that we can see the benefits of that fee income to start going through later in this year. Also taking into account any surprise incentives that we put in place to allow customers to get use these additional offering incentives that we put in place to allow customers to get use these additional offerings. So first are good, very positive reactions a number of thousands of people have already moved to the higher packages and where we can likely more show about that in the second half of this year.

When you talk about the R&D outlook, that's why I started to smile. Yes, look, of course, we update it. I think what we're doing is very good. We see that, that machine is humming. That's why we are able to update the outlook for '26 and '27. And like I also said in the presentation, we keep on working also in the years after to further increase our ROTE. More to come about that at a later point.

And we will now take our next question from Benoit Petrarque of Kepler.

So the first 1 is on the sustainability of this very strong commercial momentum. You are growing lending and deposits more than 8% for quite some time actually. So can we expect your 4% to 5% range to be conservative? And do you think you can sustainably grow more than 4% to 5%? And do you think it is basically a sustainable number to grow above the 5% like you've done in the past quarters. And also linked to that, you've been you've been growing the number of mobile primary customers by almost 400,000 numbers. A lot of banks are fighting for primary customers nowadays. So what is the reason behind this very strong achievements, and I guess your new subscription model will also have not yet contributed to that number and will probably contribute in the coming quarters.

And the next question is on the liability margin. Could you remind me what is your marginal pass-through rate assumption in your liability margin guidance? Is that still around the for the coming ECB rate moves basically.

All right. Let me start with answering the question on the sustainability of the commercial momentum, and then Ida will take the question on liability margin. So the commercial momentum starts with getting more customers in and doing more with customers. You also alluded to that 380,000 new mobile primary customer number. So but -- and the question there is, okay, but how do you then do that? Well, in the end, it's about providing a -- start with providing a superior experience. So continue to work on taking friction away, making it easier, making it simpler. And that's why we also gave you examples in the presentation about the agentic mortgages.

I mean, we have -- we do also mortgage with AI and online mortgage said, for example, in Germany, we have online mortgages with AI that we can -- that people can do in 30 minutes. When it's a more difficult flow, such as -- then we can use Agentic because then you need additional information or additional steps need to be taken to get risk approval. And in the Netherlands, therefore, we launched Agentic, and we're also going to roll that out in other markets as well. And then we start also with conversational chats in contact centers also through GenAI. And all these things we continue to do in detail, we measure what are the key journeys, how do we improve? What is the NPS overall? What is the NPS per journey to become better and better and better.

And that's why we also measure in how many countries are we #1? What's the reason for #2 and which journeys are we better are they better to actually be able to grow that? And then the question, of course, is that's why we want to have them as a primary customer is to do more with them so that the client base becomes sticky and that the lifetime value of the customer then increases. And that has to do also with becoming a broader bank. We are now growing the insurance fees. We're growing the investment fees. We're not going to grow the investment accounts. We're going to introduce better packages. We're going to become more specific in business banking and private banking all to become more relevant in the lives of our customers and do more with our customers because when we know them better, we can also serve them better.

And that also then comes back to deposits and lending, because we're driving that primary mobile growth, not only growth, but people who want to use ING as their main bank or 1 of their main banks, we are continuing to be able to get deposits and provide lending and in that setting, that specifically, we do see continued mortgage demand in many markets. That's why we believe we can continue to grow mortgage at a relatively high pace. We are rolling out business banking that is also driving there for more activity in business banking. And also banking the momentum is there. I think that will be a bit more cyclical in wholesale bank. So there we see a relatively lower growth. So the growth will be higher in retail and lending than in wholesale. And at some point, in a longer-term time we believe that lending and deposit growth will hover around the 5%. But in the shorter term, we believe these will remain at elevated levels.

Thank you. And on the liability margin, we don't provide insight in terms of our estimates around pass-through rates. But overall, I think it's important just to highlight that profitability is the guiding principle when it comes to growth independent of where that growth comes from, either if it's lending or if it's deposits or if it's other type of growth, and that also shows in terms of the underlying development that we're seeing this quarter as well as what we've seen in previous quarters. There is continued strong competition in the market and also on deposits and is expected to be that going forward. But we continue to focus on profitability and continue also to focus on cross-sell, as Steven rightly pointed to as well.

[indiscernible] Bank of America. Please go ahead.

Just a couple of questions from my side. First, on the NII the liability margin. I was pleased to pick a ban on the deposit flows in the future because I mean, the improved outlook, I understand is from a stronger deposit growth, which could be seasonally but also less frequent and less I guess, aggressive deposit campaigns that you've done in the previous year, especially in Germany and Belgium. So clearly, you've changed your way to attract those deposits. My question is how confident you are not this quarter or next quarter, but in the medium term, you still given your deposit franchise in these countries, is to be able to gather those flows into you just mentioned an increasing competition in those 2 countries. So really, I just want to understand your view there because I guess we can only see it in next if you continue the same strategy.

And my second question is on capital. Just a clarification. So you're accruing 100% of earnings. You give the policy is 50%. But because you pay those extra distribution, are you then required by ECB to accrue 100%, but doesn't mean you will pay 100%, you adjusted full year or that means you actually incented? I just want to get those [indiscernible].

All right. I'll talk about the conference about the liability and deposit flows and Ida will talk about the capital. Look, I mean, we are becoming more and more precise about how we do if we do campaigning, how we do campaigning. And in the first quarter, there was a relatively low activity. And the second quarter was more activity that were a little bit below the line campaigns, and we are alternating between these campaigns where we see fit in terms of existing customers or whether where we want new customers, or whether we want to focus on broadening our activities with existing or doing that with new customers. And we have been proving that. So I pointed our track record for the past many years. And that gives us confidence also that we're able to do that, especially given the fact that we continue to grow our mobile primary clients. So that is a proof point that more clients want to do more business with us.

And of course, there is competition and that competition is diversifying, and we see that. And in different markets, there are either existing banks or neo banks or banks coming from different jurisdictions. We never should underestimate that, and we don't underestimate that, but we're also confident about how we position us in that and it starts and stops with giving your customer a spare experience, and making sure that the customer chooses you as their primary bank. And that will then bring that benefit of a higher lifetime including deposits. On capital, IDA.

Yes. As you might remember, in the first quarter, we changed our reserving policy also to be in line with EBA guidelines. So as of the first quarter 2026, we reserved both our regular 50% dividend payout policy and potential additional distribution outside of core equity Tier 1. There is no change to our dividend policy. We continue to have the same policy and also have -- continue to have the same communication around it. We will pay out 50% of net profit to continue providing an attractive shareholder return. Second, we will deploy capital into profitable growth organically or when stringent criteria are met inorganically, and then as a third structural excess capital above 13% of core equity Tier 1, but also then including what we're setting aside as profit throughout the year will continue to be returned to shareholders. So therefore, we will have to come back to this also, as you know, in the third quarter, which is in line with our previous communication.

We will now take our next question from Namita Samtani of Barclays.

My first one, there's a lot of focus on the liability margin the lending margin deterioration in the second quarter. I just wanted to ask if this was conscious business decision, i.e., to go into lower margin, higher ROE business. And you tell me if you're seeing lending margin pressure anywhere in particular across the business, whether it's by country or by product?

And my second question, on the wholesale bank, I can see that income over RWAs for the first half of 2026, it's 492 bps annualized. So it's a bit of an improvement since the 470 bps in 2025, but it's still some way below peers. I can see this quarter, the group has been able to grow wholesale revenues and RWAs have declined quarter-on-quarter, particularly in the rest of the world. But how sustainable is this strategy going forward? And what initiatives are being taken to improve revenues and ultimately, the ROE of the wholesale business aside from RWA efficiency in general.

Yes. Thank you, Namita. I think on the lending margin, that was not a contributor decision. What you are seeing is that we continue to grow mortgage at a rapid pace which is lower risk, lower RWA and also lower margin activity compared to other parts of the loan book. And also a shift to hire investment grade loans. And therefore, that also comes at a lower margin, but there was not a conscious change in that, and we continue to see the lending margin hovering around this level for the remainder of the year.

When we talk about wholesale banking income of RWA, it's indeed also a focal point for us, that's we focus on increasing our income over RWA in Wholesale Banking. It comes from, on the 1 hand, continuing to be able to sell or do SRTs or do secondary trading in terms of the loans that we have on our books. So using our capital more efficiently and recycle our capital efficiency, which is also what we said during our Capital Markets Day. There, we said we're going to recycle the capital and also making more and put a relative weight of capital more on the retail side, then we said it would be 55, 45, and 27. And now we are 56-44 for real mid-26 over 18 months ahead. We continue to do that with wholesale banking. So in terms of the capital, we've now done 4 basis points of SRT. We said for the year, we would do 15 to 20 basis points in capital improvements, which will largely come from holes banking. So there's still quite a bit to go.

The other element in Wholesale Banking is what we're working on, and you see that coming through as well as to do more activity on the TS and the financial markets side, so that we, again, make more revenues over other way, not only by decreasing but also improving the income that for that, we have continuously invested, and that is paying off. We do see more activity. We do see more trade and payment deals coming through and that we will continue to do to further increase debt metric.

And we will now take our next question from Delphine Lee of JPMorgan.

My first 1 is just thinking about your book '27, where you talk about income has been upgraded by more than EUR 1 billion. I mean part of that is obviously fees and commission, but I would assume also commercial NII. Just thinking about liability margin, do you think the progression in liability margin can be to the same extent as what we are seeing in current trends in '26.

And then my second question is you mentioned the rollout of Agentic AI, which has started already. Just trying to understand a little bit if you are seeing any positive impacts in terms of commercially being able to generate more revenues or any impact on your efficiency on your cost base?

Our response on the Agentic AI, and I give the liability margin question to Ida. Yes. So on Agentic AI, so let me give you -- so we're Generative AI. And within that, we then have Agentic AI. And you asked now specifically on Agentic AI. So there, what we have seen when we launched this in mortgages in the Netherlands that we could process a higher number of mortgages with the same people, and that we -- that's one.

And two, that's on those mortgages because typically, you can use already digitization or AI, AI-1.0, if you will, to do, let's say, the basic mortgages, which are, let's say, less complicated with less steps, but with Agentic mortgages, because I said if you do digital mortgages fully STP front to back in some markets we do those in 30 minutes, time to yes. But the more complicated ones because that requires additional questions and additional documents can -- will take a number of days with the genetic mortgage launch that we now did in the Netherlands. For that particular portion, we brought the time to yes back from 7 days to 5 days. So it's both. It's -- and more revenues because you can help people clients faster and post because you do not need more people for it. Ida, on liability margin?

Yes. Thank you. As previously indicated what we also continue to say today is that we expect the liability margin to be above 110 basis points in '27 and '28, slightly higher than what we expected to be coming out to 2026. This is, of course, also dependent on a number of different things, but the interest rate curve as well because it's really the replication part of the portfolio that is bringing a supporting element to this as well. But as you have seen in the first half, the curve has been quite volatile. But even with the curve coming down quarter-on-quarter from coming out to the first quarter into the second quarter, we are increasing our commercial NII outlook for '26 and also then pointing to the strong momentum that we see moving into '27 with a deposit growth of attractive margins and also the back book of broadly stable pricing.

Going forward, we will benefit from the structure of our replication portfolio, both when it comes to the short-term part of it as also the longer-term repricing upwards. So therefore, also with today's curve, we believe that we may end up above 110 basis points in 2027 and 2028, of course, depending on competitive dynamics and developments.

We will now take our next question from Farquhar Murray of Autonomous.

Just 1 question, if I may. On the RWA side, which is really strong at EUR 2.4 billion Q-on-Q despite good volumes. I just wondered if you could break out the benefits from model updates on TMB within the Delta. And in particular, what drove those favorable model updates in terms of product or business line? -- and presuming it's mainly wholesale, but could I get a sense of what products within that only is that part of an ECB level rolling program, presumably more MG specific optimization efforts coming through.

All right. Ida?

Yes. As previously mentioned by Steven, the SRT that we did relate to our wholesale banking portfolio in Germany gave approximately EUR 1 billion of reliefs. In addition to that, we have model updates, which is generating EUR 2.8 billion of release. Apart from that, we don't give any granular details, but you can also see overall that there is a positive development on risk-weighted assets overall.

There lots any specific or part of a rolling product means to.

We continuously update our model portfolio and also in dialogue with ECB, and that could that could also go in a positive direction, but it could also be in a negative direction depending on this. So we're not giving any guidance in terms of future potential on the model side. And this is something that you expect us to see also going forward. And but this quarter, we see a relief related to model updates of EUR 2.8 billion.

[Operator Instructions] We'll now take our next question from Alberto Cordara of Intesa.

For me, a couple of questions. The first 1 is you always see T1 or around 13% retailers. Can you please walk me through the order of preference for a marginal euro of capital. Is it organic lending, bolt-on M&A like singular bank or buyback? What actually wins at the margin today?

And the second question is, I mean SRT is becoming more structural for you. You've done very little in the past, Now you start -- you started doing more and more SRT. So you're effectively renting out a risk that you used to hold. Does it change through the cycle cost of risk we should assume or the earnings you keep in a downturn?

On the order of preference for capital allocation, the first step is a profitable growth. So if we can grow at attraction returns, that is where the first point of capital goes to -- then we look at whether we can accelerate that growth attractively with add-on M&A. And then we say if there is a structural excess of capital above 13%, then we'll return it to shareholders. that is unchanged from what we previously said. On the SRT usage picking up, I'll go forward to Andrea.

Yes. Usually picking up, but let's say, if I get your question, let's say, it is not our intention to change materially our risk appetite or unrelated standards on the back of the externalization of the risk through SRT. So we don't expect any material impact resulting from SRT other than the capital optimization on our cost of risk.

Thank you. There are no further questions in. I will now hand it back to Steven Rijswijk for closing remarks.

Yes. Thank you very much, operator, and thank you very much for all of you on the call for your time and your good questions. I'm sure this is a very busy season for you. So I wish you all the best that. And hopefully, after that, you get some well-reserved rest and holidays. So have a great summer and looking forward to talking to you again soon. Thank you.

Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.

Good morning. This is Laura welcoming you to ING's 1Q 2026 Conference Call. Before handing this conference call over to Steven J. van Rijswijk, Chief Executive Officer of ING Group, let me first say that today's comments may include forward-looking statements such as statements regarding future developments in our business, expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact.

Actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. A discussion of factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement is contained in our public filings, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our earnings press release as posted on our website today.

Furthermore, nothing in today's comments constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

Good morning, Steven, over to you.

Thank you very much, Laura, and good morning, and welcome to our results call for the first quarter of 2026. I hope that you're all doing well, and thank you for joining us today. Sitting next to me is our new CFO, Ida Lerner. Ida joined us on the 1st of April, and we're very happy to have her on Board. Welcome, Ida. And next to Ida, I'm also joined today by our Head of Risk, Andrea Cesaroni.

We have started the year strongly. The first quarter of 2026 unfolded against the backdrop of geopolitical and macroeconomic uncertainty. However, our performance demonstrates once again the resilience of our business and of our clients. And we have continued to deliver strong and diversified growth, and we're well on track to achieve our full year financial outlook. In today's presentation, I will talk about the resilience of our growth strategy and how the consistent execution thereof is delivering increasing value. After that, Ida will walk you through the quarterly financials. And at the end of the call, we will be happy to take your questions.

And with that, we now start on Slide 2. This slide highlights our continued commercial momentum going into '26 with solid growth across all key areas. And as you will remember, we had ended 2025 with very strong volumes, including some seasonal inflows. And we have managed to maintain that strong positive momentum also across the first quarter, more than absorbing the seasonal effects and continuing to push volumes even further up.

Mobile primary customer growth, for instance, is seasonally lower in the first quarter. However, we managed to grow by another 125,000, and we continue to be on track to achieve our 1 million growth target also entering '26. Loan growth was again strong at an annualized pace of more than 8%. In retail banking, we've grown by 9.4% in the first quarter. And besides continued momentum in mortgages, we also saw strong growth in business banking, where we continue to expand the franchise.

In Wholesale Banking, we grew the loan book by EUR 5.6 billion, while keeping its risk-weighted assets broadly stable. We also saw solid inflow in deposits at an annualized rate of 4% despite seasonal outflows from current accounts in the first quarter and despite conversion into investment products. Fee income rose by 13% year-on-year, supported by our growing customer base, by higher customer trading volumes and by strong deal flow in Wholesale Banking. And all of this translated into a return on tangible equity of 13.6% for the quarter. And finally, our sustainable volume mobilized has increased by 11% year-on-year as we continue to support our clients in their sustainable transitions.

Now let's move on to the next slide to take a closer look at the fundamentals of our continued commercial growth. Slide 3 summarizes how the resilience of our business supports our growth strategy also in a more challenging environment. And let me start by saying that the main driver of ING's commercial growth is the superior experience that we provide to our customers. With a leading Net Promoter Score in most of our retail markets, we continue to attract new customers, and we see even stronger growth in the conversion into mobile primary relationships as more customers choose ING as their primary bank. And this deepening of the relationship with our customers is furthermore supported by the broadening of our product offering.

And here, we see strong momentum across all of our businesses, helping to further diversify our revenues across a growing range of capabilities. We've recently launched business banking in Italy. And in the Netherlands, we are rolling out an insurance broker model to further integrate insurance capabilities into our mobile app. We are achieving most of our lending growth in mortgages. And as the leading European mortgage bank, we benefit from continued strong market fundamentals. The strength of our largest mortgage market is supported by constant low unemployment rates and a resilient market outlook.

And our Wholesale Bank is well positioned to support Europe's strategic resilience with deep expertise in key focus areas, including in infrastructure and TMT and as a top 3 MLA and book runner in Europe and with our strong DCM franchise. Our Wholesale Bank is ready to support the investment initiatives that are needed to strengthen Europe's position in the global context.

And with that, we move to Slide 4. And on this slide, you can see how the consistent execution of our strategy is driving value, supported by rising profitability and by our consistent deployment of share buyback programs. Our EPS has improved by 11% on a 12-month rolling basis. And with EPS and return on tangible equity clearly on a rising path, we have set firm direction towards our profitability targets by 2027.

We see a wide range of strong catalysts that will support further value creation. First of all, we continue to grow our mobile primary customer base by 1 million per year. And this means that we're not just growing the number of accounts, this is growth from customers who actually use ING as their primary bank. And this is the core engine of our growth strategy. This is where our growth, income diversification and superior cost to serve, all come together.

In addition, as number two, we continue to expand our business and develop new business streams. We are further rolling out our successful business banking franchise into several countries. We're building our Private Banking and Wealth Management as a third retail banking pillar in our existing markets. We're continuously developing new insurance propositions to make insurance a relevant revenue stream. And in Wholesale Banking, we're making strong progress to further diversify our capabilities in capital-light revenues.

And thirdly, when it comes to growth, growth becomes powerful only when it is truly scalable. And our continued focus on operational excellence is increasingly enabling us to achieve growth in a truly scalable way. Combined with our capabilities to scale AI solutions quickly, we see a powerful improvement in growing commercial value and volumes at a much faster pace than our cost base.

And finally, number four, we continue to improve our already strong level of capital efficiency, supported by continued capital velocity measures, both in Wholesale Banking and in Retail Banking. And all of this is not a journey that we will start tomorrow or in the years to come, but one that is already well underway and one where we see its strong results already clearly today.

Now let's zoom in for a minute on that topic of scalability, moving to Slide 5. On Slide 5, we demonstrate how we're increasingly enabling scalable growth. And first, I want to touch upon what drives our ability to achieve scalable growth. Now ING has a long track record of digitalization. And as a result, the vast majority of our key customer journeys are already fully straight through without any human intervention, and this is a key ingredient, not only for superior customer experience, but also for achieving through cost efficiency.

And in addition to a high level of digitalization, we also have built strong foundational capabilities that enable scalability. For example, we have our global hubs network and that houses 27% of our tech employees and 40% of our operational workforce and a fully integrated and scalable network organization supports improved productivity and operational resilience, but also our scalable tech platform, which includes core infrastructure components such as our global private cloud and our global technology platform that provides reusable shared services for product development.

And when you add these 2 ingredients together, digitalization and a scalable tech and operations organization, then you have a very strong starting point to deploy AI solutions. And that is why we have been able to already roll out many AI solutions at scale quickly. More than 90%, 9-0 percent, of our AI pilots have successfully been moved into production. More than 75% of our customer checks are fully resolved by AI without human support. More than 7 million customers have already received hyper-personalized marketing campaigns with agentic mortgages live in production in the Netherlands and soon rolling out to other countries. And we are on the verge of globally rolling out conversational banking for our retail customers, which is a personal assistant with agentic experience.

Now then when you then look back cost performance over the past 12 months and in comparison to our commercial growth, there you then see the powerful proof of our ability to achieve scalable growth. Because over the past 12 months, we have grown our mobile primary customer base by almost 7%, our customer balances by more than 5%, our volumes in investment products by more than 15% and fee income even by 15.6%. But our FTEs, however, decreased by 0.6%, while our cost growth was limited to 2%. And with our commercial growth significantly outpacing incremental costs, we are delivering clear scalable growth, supporting meaningful improvements of our efficiency ratios in the years to come.

Now let's move to Slide 6. On Slide 6, we show how the consistent execution of our growth strategy is resulting in strong capital generation. Over the past 12 months, we have delivered EUR 6.4 billion in net profit, contributing almost 2 percentage points of our CET1 ratio. And of that EUR 6.4 billion, 50% has been reserved for our regular dividend distributions. Around 15% of the capital we generated has been used to fund profitable growth across our markets. And here, we see a clear demonstration of capital efficiency.

We have generated EUR 65 billion of profitable lending growth over the past 12 months while consuming only EUR 1 billion of capital. And finally, the generated capital that was not needed for organic growth, we have returned to shareholders, with a total amount of EUR 4.4 billion of additional distributions over the past 12 months, largely in the form of share buybacks.

Now let's move to Slide 7, where I will show how these distributions have resulted in continued attractive shareholder return. In line with our distribution policy, Page 7, we have consistently paid cash dividends, and we have been executing significant share buyback programs for several years. And together, this results in consistent and attractive total distributions per share. The previously announced share buyback of EUR 1.1 billion has been completed this week. And today, we have already started with another EUR 1 billion share buyback program, which will run for the next 6 months. And when we look ahead, we remain fully committed to strong capital discipline to deliver strong shareholder results, and we maintain our semiannual rhythm of assessing the potential for additional distributions, and we will update you again in 6 months' time.

Now before handing over to Ida, let me first take you to Slide 9. And on Slide 9, we confirm our financial outlook for '26 and 2027. We're well on track to achieve our upgraded outlook, which we communicated in the previous quarter with our full year results. We continue to add 1 million mobile primary customers per year. We see continued momentum in building out our fee income. We will deliver positive operating jaws in the years to come, and we are delivering on a broad range of catalysts that will continue to support the upper part of our RoTE in the years to come as well.

Now let me hand over to Ida, who will walk you through our first quarter results in more detail, starting from Slide 11.

Thank you, Steven. It is my pleasure to present the results of what has been a very strong first quarter of 2026. On Slide 11, we can see that commercial NII has continued its upward trend since the second half of 2025. This is supported by continued volume growth on both sides of the balance sheet by disciplined commercial pricing and by the hedging tailwind on our replicated customer deposits. Fee income also continued its upward trend, driven by further customer growth and by strong performance, particularly in investment products and in Wholesale Banking.

All other income, on the other hand, was affected by the heightened market volatility towards the end of the quarter. This has resulted in some IFRS asymmetrical effects, of which the majority should come back over time given lower interest rate volatility ahead. Overall, the strong customer activity and volume growth noted in the first quarter outweighed the lower all other income and led to an uptick in total income of 3% compared to the same quarter last year.

Let's now move to Slide 12, where we will show the development of our customer balances. As you can see, we delivered another quarter of strong commercial growth across both Retail Banking and Wholesale Banking. Net core lending increased by EUR 15 billion. Retail Banking contributed EUR 9.4 billion, driven by continued mortgage growth with strong production in the Netherlands, Germany, Italy and Australia. This was coupled with a particularly strong performance in Business Banking, mainly in Netherlands and Poland.

Wholesale Banking also delivered strong growth of EUR 5.6 billion, while keeping risk-weighted assets broadly stable. Within this growth of EUR 5.6 billion, we see a strong net inflow of EUR 7.8 billion in lending, which was partly offset by the repayment of a short-term working capital solution facility.

On the liability side, core deposits increased by EUR 7.2 billion. Retail Banking contributed EUR 4.3 billion of growth with strong inflows into savings and term deposits, most notably in Poland, Belgium and the Netherlands. This more than offset the seasonal outflow from current accounts and the conversion into investment products. Wholesale Banking added EUR 2.9 billion of customer deposit as it continues to build out its capital-light income capabilities.

On to Slide 13. On this slide, we zoom in on commercial NII. Commercial NII grew by EUR 132 million quarter-on-quarter and was 7% higher than last year. Lending NII was up EUR 41 million in the first quarter despite a lower day count driven by sustained volume growth at stable margins. Liability NII increased by EUR 91 million quarter-on-quarter, reflecting both volume growth and a 5 basis points increase in the liability margin. This higher liability margin is a reflection of the prolonged hedging tailwind on our replicated deposits while maintaining disciplined commercial pricing across the back book of our deposits.

What it also reflects is the absence of larger savings campaigns during the first quarter, meaning that the level of acquisition costs was relatively low this quarter and will likely normalize again in the coming quarters. As such, let me be clear that we should not expect a 5 basis points increase of the liability margin every quarter ahead. Looking ahead, on the back of a very strong first quarter and especially the higher-than-expected volume growth, we can expect a slightly higher level of commercial NII than previously guided. We now expect commercial NII for the full year to be between EUR 16.5 billion and EUR 16.7 billion.

Turning to Slide 14. Fee income growth remained strong, increasing 13% year-on-year and was also up on the prior quarter. What is especially encouraging to see is that this strong performance of fee income stems from all products and all markets, supporting the diversification of income sources for the bank. In Retail Banking, fee income grew by 13% year-on-year. This was mainly driven by structural factors, such as continued customer growth and improved cross-selling.

Investment products, in particular, performed very well, a record quarter even benefiting from 8% growth in customers with an investment account and 15% growth in assets under management and administration, of which roughly half comes from net inflows, while also benefiting from 13% more trades, which besides a higher customer base, was supported by the increased market volatility towards the end of the quarter. In Wholesale Banking, fee income grew by 11% year-on-year, again demonstrating its strong progress on further income diversification.

Let's turn to the next slide. On Slide 15, we show the development of all other income. Here, we see that the heightened market volatility towards the end of the quarter had a negative effect on hedge ineffectiveness as well as our activities within financial markets. It's worth remembering, however, that the P&L impact from the hedge ineffectiveness is not economic in nature. It is account-driven and should reverse over time.

In Financial Markets, we continue to support our clients through the volatile market conditions. However, all other income was impacted by the sharp increase in interest rates. Overall, we expect all other income for the full year to be slightly lower than our normal run rate, ending somewhere between EUR 2.5 billion and EUR 2.7 billion.

Next, Slide 16. Expenses, excluding regulatory costs and incidental items showed only a moderate increase year-on-year of 1.1%, clearly demonstrating our disciplined approach to cost management and our scalable growth capabilities. The impact from wage inflation was largely offset by savings from prior restructurings while allowing for ongoing investments to support business growth. Quarter-on-quarter, expenses were down slightly, mainly driven by seasonally lower customer acquisition costs in the first quarter.

Incidental items of EUR 13 million for the quarter included EUR 25 million of restructuring provisions for the full-time employee reduction in Wholesale Banking and in Retail Banking Belgium. Once fully implemented, these measures are expected to lead to approximately EUR 20 million in annualized cost savings.

Now let's move to risk costs on Slide 17. Total risk costs were EUR 346 million in the quarter, equivalent to 19 basis points of average customer lending, which is slightly below our through-the-cycle average, reflecting the quality and the strength of our loan book. Within this quarter's risk cost, we have included a prudent overlay to address the possible impact of higher energy prices and of the broader economic effects of the war in the Middle East. This EUR 94 million addition to management overlays was, however, partly offset by a large repayment of a Stage 3 loan in Wholesale Banking. The Stage 3 ratio slightly improved to a low 1.5%. Overall, we remain confident in the strength and quality of our loan book.

And finally, before handing it back to Steven, let me take you to Slide 18. On Slide 18, we show the development of our core equity Tier 1 ratio. Continued strong capital generation and overall solidity allowed us to announce and start a new EUR 1 billion share buyback program today while maintaining our core equity Tier 1 at our around 13% target level. In terms of risk-weighted assets for the quarter, these increased by EUR 3.6 billion. Besides a EUR 0.9 billion FX impact, this mainly reflected continued business growth.

Within Wholesale Banking, the risk-weighted assets remained broadly stable despite strong lending growth, reflecting the continued capital velocity measures that have been taken within Wholesale Banking. What is new this quarter is the change in our dividend reserving approach to ensure compliance with EBA guidelines. As of this quarter, our additional distributions will mainly be financed through upfront reserving. The implementation of this new reserving approach had a one-off effect this quarter of minus 23 basis points. In total, the additional distribution has an impact of roughly 29 basis points on our core equity Tier 1. This is merely a change in reserving approach. Our distribution policy remains unchanged.

And with that, let me hand it back to Steven to wrap up today's presentation.

Very good. Thank you, Ida. And before we move to Q&A, let me recap the key takeaways from today's presentation. The resilience of our business supports the continued execution of our growth strategy also amidst geopolitical uncertainty. The consistent execution of that growth strategy is clearly driving value with strong momentum in our profitability metrics, and we have a right range of catalysts to further increase value.

Our commercial growth is significantly outpacing the growth in expenses, reflecting our strong foundational capabilities to achieve scalable growth. And as a result, we see continued strong capital generation, which enabled us to start a new EUR 1 billion share buyback program today. And finally, we are well on track to deliver on our full year financial outlook.

And with that, I would like to open the floor for Q&A. Operator, back to you.

[Operator Instructions]

We will now take our first question from Benoit Batra of Kepler Cheuvreux.

Welcome, Ida, and looking forward to talk to you in the coming days. So yes, two questions on my side. The first one will be on the liability margin, the 104 bps. Clearly, we should not replicate the plus 5 bps quarter-on-quarter. But objectively, looking into the second quarter, yes, it looks like there's further support from the short end of the curve. So I wanted to confirm that with you, if you see that as well. And could you please also talk about the competitive environment on the deposit side so far in the month of April? While it seems to be still okay, so I just wanted to get a bit of a feeling about how deposit pricing behave in your main markets so far in the second quarter.

And then the second question, yes, sorry, I will just talk about a bit more like the strategy on the insurance because it's interesting what you've done. I think what you announced 2 weeks ago, you will be mandated broker in the Netherlands for NN and Allianz. So what is your strategy now on the insurance? It seems that things will probably speed up in terms of growth there. Just wanted to understand your long-term plan regarding insurance. And clearly, with this move into mandated broker, I think you are stepping up in the value chain of insurance, which probably could accelerate the growth there. So yes, the long-term picture on insurance, please.

Thanks, Benoit, for your questions. And I'll take the question on insurance, and Ida will talk about the liability margin. Look, in insurance, it's a little bit the same as we saw on investment products. So I think a couple of years ago, we started to talk again to our insurance partners to look at, okay, what is the best proposition for which market, for which customer segments and how does each market develop itself.

And it comes a bit back to what I said previously, which is we have been very dependent on interest income, whether it was deposits or lending. And there's nothing wrong with these two products. But in the end, we want to build up a broader client relationship when growing our primary relationships across the board. And in that regard, we have also started to do that with insurance. I think a few quarters ago, we started to report on that separately. Every market works a bit differently. So in some markets, we have one partner. In this market, we work more with a platform model, whereby insurance partners can subscribe to certain products. And increasingly, we're also moving up the value chain.

In some of the markets, the insurance fees are still very low, like I said in the past about investment business that I said, the assets under management business compared to other banks that are smaller than us is still relatively benign, that also goes for insurance. So in my view, we have just nearly started. It is getting better. We've seen that the growth was, I believe, 14% compared to a year ago. This is good, but we're still rolling out in more markets. We're hiring people and specialists, and we are maturing and also the way we provide insurance, and that could indeed also be taking over some more services. We currently don't think about taking over underwriting services, but we really tailor it in each market where we're at, and there's quite a bit of upside from where we currently are.

Thank you for your question on liability margin as well as on competition. I think I'll start with the competition on deposits. I think it's important to say that we see strong but rational competition, both on deposits, but also on lending in all our main markets. When looking particularly at the first quarter, that's seasonally a lower quarter when it comes to deposits. If you compare it year-over-year, you need to also keep in mind that in the first quarter last year, we did a larger campaign in Germany, which meant that we have a stronger inflow of deposits.

We still see that we have an attractive offering towards our customers, and we continue to balance profitability above growth -- around growth and ensure that we have a sustainable development also on deposits in line with what we've guided on in terms of an average growth of 5%, where we think it would be natural to see a deposit growth.

On the liability margin, it's good that you point out that we should not expect a 5 basis points increase on the liability margin every quarter. And what I think is important to say is that we expect to be in the mid-range of between 100 and 110 basis points this year, also driven by a hedging tailwind, which comes in gradually, but not exactly linear and particularly a reflection of the lower-than-usual campaign-related deposit cost in the first quarter. So that's also something that needs to be taken into account when looking at the liability margin ahead.

And we'll now take our next question from Chris Hallam of Goldman Sachs.

Two questions. The first one, I see you've introduced on Slide 27 that bullet point on the right-hand side to say the range of 100 basis points to 110 basis points could be temporarily exceeded. And I just wanted to ask more conceptually how do you think about that opportunity. So on the one hand, you could pay up to sort of source additional deposits essentially sacrificing margin for volume and hoping maybe find the demand on the lending side to put that additional liquidity to work given you typically run about 100% LDR. But obviously, that ties up more capital and it brings in a bit more credit risk.

Now on the other hand, you can allow volumes to react to your determined pass-through rates and just ride the tide of higher rates and underlying volume growth in your markets. You wouldn't grow deposits by as much, but it's a higher ROE and a lower credit risk strategy. I guess from the outside-in, that's a pretty easy decision to make, but I'd just be interested to see and hear how you see the balance between those two strategies?

And then second, of the EUR 600 million increase in replicating income in 2026 again on Slide 27, I know that's a gross number, but how much is included in the new commercial NII guidance? And the haircut you're taking in deciding how much of that EUR 600 million to embed in the new guide? Is that because you're waiting to see where rates really settle this year? Obviously, there's a huge amount of volatility, or because you actually see more price competition coming through on deposits and there being a bigger difference between the gross and the net number?

All right. So the second question I read as -- or I heard is that we gave commercial NII guidance of plus EUR 200 million and how much is for more liabilities? Is that the right understanding, Chris?

Effectively your replicating income guidance for 2026 has gone up by EUR 600 million. Your commercial NII guidance gone up by EUR 200 million. The replicating income number there is gross. So it could be high deposit cost or it could just be you using the latest forward curve on that replicating income slide. You don't want to put the latest forward curve into commercial NII guidance.

So basically, I'll take the second question and Ida takes the first question. So I think on the EUR 200 million, that is basically all -- the increase is all liability income. I think that if you look at the liability income that's growing both on the volume and of course, on the margin that we make and on the average duration and therefore, the curves that we see. Now clearly, we have been moving up our deposits with EUR 7 billion, that is in line with what we typically would do for the year. And sometimes we have campaigns and it goes a bit quicker, but also comes at lower margin. Now we didn't do campaigns. And if you strip out the campaigns, we are still at what we typically do in a quarter.

And of course, the margin is supported by a higher short-term interest rate that helps our current accounts. Of course, we're also helped in this case by the higher forward curve that also will help savings margins. But in the end, what we see in the past from competition, that always trends back to a certain level. But based on what we currently have seen and have done to date, this is the increase in liability income we expect in commercial NII for 2026. So it has nothing to do with lending or lending margins. It's just a matter of the volumes that we expect at higher margins and a better replication rate.

I think it's important to say that the Slide 27, which I think you're referring to, is a visualization of what we would see bearing in mind a specific forward curve. And that's also the forward curve that we saw in March. That has been quite volatile, as you know, during the quarter. As Steven also alluded to, some of the benefit from higher short-term rates is from current account volumes and therefore, structurally accretive to NII.

However, most of the benefit for us comes from the savings volumes, which is more sensitive to competition and historically has shown that the margins are fairly stable over time and is expected to also come down. And I would link that to the range of 100 basis points and 110 basis points in terms of the long-term perspective.

Taking purely the forward curve from March into account, you would say that, yes, we would potentially be higher than 100 basis points and 110 basis points. But we also know that there is a fierce competition. There's also a very rational behavior in the bank, focusing on profitability above growth over time. You had also asked about the composition in terms of lending, will we prioritize lending over deposits? I think we've said that our long-term goal is to grow approximately equal by 5% on both sides of the balance sheet.

And we will now take our next question from Giulia Aurora of Morgan Stanley.

I have two. So the first one, the commercial momentum was very strong in Q1. And Steven, you called out momentum in mortgages, also growth in business banking. How is this evolving now considering the change in the macro backdrop? So are you still seeing good demand for loans or has that slowed down? First question.

Second question, on cost of risk, the EUR 94 million overlay, what oil price do you assume there? And could we see more coming in Q2 considering how things are evolving literally as we speak?

All right, Giulia. Thanks for your question. I'll take the question on commercial momentum, and Andrea will take the question on the EUR 94 million overlay. So on the commercial momentum, look, there's many elements that we anticipate to continue, and there are some elements where we could expect and could see an impact. If you look at the lending and the deposit space, I think a large part of our loans is in mortgages, and there the main drivers are unemployment rates and housing shortages, and that hasn't really changed.

And we've seen it also in previous cycles, maybe except when rates increase very, very quickly as we've seen in the course of '22 and '23, then there was a little bit a bump in the housing demand. But other than that, we have actually seen a continued rise in demand for mortgages, given the fact that there is a housing shortage and there is low unemployment rates. So that's an important element to it.

When we look at fees, many of our fee growth is alpha driven. That's just having more customers doing more with us and driving more impact and relevance in the markets where we are. And I just talked also to the question to Benoit about, okay, rolling out new insurance propositions, rolling out broader investment propositions, having deeper payment capabilities in various markets, deepening our financial markets capabilities in terms of pricing for certain products. So it's just enabling ourselves because we have these customers to do more with them. And that I don't see change either.

I think the biggest impact that we could potentially see, but it's too early to call, is that when we look at the lending demand in Wholesale Banking. And there, we've seen in the second half of last year, quite a pent-up demand after the pipelines were full in the first half, but didn't really convert based on the uncertainty, given liberation day that then convert in the second half and that we see continue in the first quarter. But with all the uncertainty going on, yes, that could be more muted in the quarters to come, but let's see what happens. That's what I could see at this point in time.

Andrea, on the overlay.

Yes. Okay. So the primary purpose of the overlay, which we built was indeed to adjust the quarter end macroeconomic scenarios, which feeds into our Credit Suisse estimates, to reflect the potential deterioration linked to the ongoing escalation in the Middle East. And let's say, from the coming quarter -- but let's say, consider a wider set of assumptions and macroeconomic variables than the pure oil price. From the coming quarter, we expect to revert to the normal process, whereby macroeconomic consensus is feeding naturally into our loan loss provisioning process.

And therefore, this overlay should diminish, while the net impact on the loan loss provisions will be actually depending on how the, let's say, higher oil price will affect the macroeconomic outlook, I would say. So in a nutshell, let's say, this is the setup. It's to us to come to a conclusion about the potential impact of the current oil price volatility on our loan loss provisions.

And we will now take our next question from Delphine Lee of JPMorgan.

So my first one is, sorry, just to come back on the liability margins and your comment about exceeding temporarily in outer years. So just to understand, when you say temporarily, just to understand like you do think that there will be a significant change in competition, which you're saying at the moment is rational, but the new players and newcomers could really trigger potential change. Do you think this would be sudden or just to kind of like understand sort of how quickly that could bring down liability margin back into the long-term range of 100 basis points, 110 basis points?

Second question is on capital. Just wanted to get your thoughts around like the change on the mortgage floor in terms of the impact that you have on your CET1 ratio and your distribution policy. You want to run around 13%. So seeing a bit of a positive impact, would that change how much you distribute in terms of buybacks?

Thank you very much. I'll take the question on capital, and Ida will take the question on liability margins. When we look at the mortgage floor, and what happened is that it was recently announced also by the DNB that they took a decision and as a result of which the Dutch mortgage floor expires as per the 1st of December 2026. And that decision will lead to a EUR 4 billion lower risk-weighted assets. So that's about 15 basis points of our CET1 ratio.

And look like we've previously said, we are looking at a target of around 13%. We use our capital for growth and for normal distribution. And if there is any structural amount over that around 13% that we have in capital, then we'll pay it back to shareholders. And so we'll treat it any -- in the same way as we normally do.

Thank you for the question on liability margin. Well, first, I think it's important to look at the composition of our portfolio as well and also link it back to what we saw in 2023. In 2023, we saw a rapid increase in terms of margins, which then came down gradually over time as there is quite strong competition. I think it's also important then to look at when I link it to our portfolio in terms of the percentage-wise split between savings accounts and current accounts, that also means that, as I mentioned before, that we expect the savings margins -- or margins on savings accounts to come back to a long-term level that we have seen before.

Thank you. And we'll now take our next question from Ben Goy of DB.

Two questions, please. So first on cost. It seems like Q1 good cost control and you are a bit ahead of your full year guidance. Just maybe you can comment a bit more on that, whether it was FX and how the benefits of the operations restructuring should help in the rest of the year?

And then on deposit campaigns, obviously, you didn't do a big campaign. Should we generally expect bigger campaigns as you did in the past? Or should it be more below the radar, potentially cheaper micro campaigning type campaigns?

All right. So on both of the questions, look, what we have been able to do is that with the continued cost discipline, but also scalability that I talked about in the presentation, we were able to largely offset the wage inflation. And therefore, we also allow ourselves to make investments. So in the end, what we want to do is to be able to further grow and diversify ourselves. So the more we're able to use -- to have efficiencies coming from our scalability, both from the digitalization and our scalable tech and ops, that we can then reuse to get better customer experience by making investments into broaden our products, as we talked about, and that will then support the long-term value and the drive of our ROE.

And in that sense, we continue to confirm also the outlook that we have for '26 and '27. But we do see, and that's what I mentioned on Page 5 of the presentation, continued improvements on that front, on the front of scalability, and it gives us opportunity to play with the levers of investments versus costs, which is very helpful. But the outlook remains the same at this point in time.

When we talk about campaigns, yes, it's mixing and matching. So in the end, we want to grow our customer base. In the meantime, we want to, in the long term, balance loans with deposits. We've seen for a number of quarters that deposits were growing faster. Now we've seen a couple of quarters where loans are growing faster. And so we want to do that in a balanced way. In the end, our purpose is to get more primary relationships in because these clients will do multiples in terms of and products, but also in profitability and in stickiness with us.

And therefore, we will tailor it as to how we can grow and develop our customer base while keeping an eye on our balance sheet. So that's a mixing and matching of both more micro campaigns and potentially more above-the-line campaigns that we've seen in previous years.

And we'll now take our next question from Tarik El Mejjad of Bank of America.

Welcome from my side as well, Ida. Looking forward to talk more in the future. So I just want to follow up first on volumes. I understand the uncertainty element that could reverse if things get better in Iran and the conflict. But what about if we have a more sustained higher energy prices, lower consumption and maybe higher inflation on your wholesale lending. If we see something more structural rather than the reverse uncertainty, which areas you see and what could be impact on your lending?

And the second question is on the SRTs that you're planning to do for the rest of the year, I think 15, 20 bps push of capital. How are discussions with the ECB? And how do you see the market evolving in this current uncertainty? Is that something you still see as on track in terms of delivery and pricing and also on what kind of loans you put there?

Thanks, Tarik, for your questions. And I'll take the question on volumes, and Ida will take the question on SRTs. So I think on volumes, look, in retail, like I said, we have seen over the past 6, 7 years, different elements that impacted the macroeconomic volatility. But again, most of our retail lending and predominantly mortgages is much more linked to unemployment rates and shortage of housing and therefore, how set the war is, that is not directly impacting those macroeconomic indicators. And therefore, we expect a continuation of demand for mortgages and depending on the pricing, and we will, therefore, further grow that book.

When it comes to Wholesale Banking, there we saw in the first quarter, if you annualize -- sorry, if you annualize the growth rate that we saw in the first quarter on lending, in total, it was 8%. That is quite a bit higher than the 5% that we -- 4%, 5% we saw previously over the years. Sectors in Wholesale Banking that could be affected are sectors that are, one, linked to the oil price, i.e., that has the oil price and energy price is quite an input factor on the cost base. You could think about the chemical sector or fertilizers or construction or transport and logistics, those are sectors that are typically impacted. And then the question for those companies is, are they able to pass on those energy prices?

The second element that you could see is that Asia, which is even more dependent, I would say, on the Middle East Strait of Hormuz in terms of getting their oil in, if that is impacting their production levels and therefore, it also impacts the delivery of supply chains to a number of other companies in the world, including the U.S. and Europe. So those would be the main macroeconomic impacts. So far, and we are watching that closely, clearly, a number of the companies that we talk to are much more flexible than they were a number of years ago because they have been dealing with -- and the war in Ukraine and corona. So they are more used to changing in terms of uncertainty.

So far, we don't see so much in our book. You saw the risk costs that are below the through the cycle average, and it also includes an overlay. So the risk costs are still quite benign. And that's just a matter of waiting and looking and helping our customers, but it's too close to see what is really happening. We just need to stay close to the clients, especially in the sectors that I just outlined.

And on SRTs, SRTs are an important tool in our toolbox to ensure capital efficiency and also optimize our capital position. As you know, in November last year, we announced the successful completion of our first 2 SRTs in Wholesale Banking, which provided a core equity Tier 1 relief of 12 basis points. We aim to continue using SRTs across wholesale as well as Retail Banking portfolios in the coming years.

And we have previously also said that we expect to do additional capital reliefs in 2026 of between 15 to 20 basis points and that still remains the plan. We have a very good and constructive dialogue with ECB. So I don't see any negative trends there at all or hesitations from their side. And it's also important to say we are kind of in the early phase of doing SRTs and therefore, are not an outlier in any way.

And we'll now take our next question from Shrey Srivastava of Citi.

Apologies if it's been touched on already. I just joined. But if you look at your 2026 commercial NII guide, it's been uplifted by about EUR 200 million if you take the midpoint. If you compare that against the gross replicating income uplift on Slide 27, it's about EUR 600 million. So therefore, you're guiding to an implied past sort of close to 70% in 2026, if I'm not mistaken. Can you just explain what's driving that, what key markets and what opportunities do you see?

Okay, Ida?

Shrey, nice to speaking to you again. As you rightly say that we saw a strong momentum on the commercial NII. It was much better than expected than what we had guided for before. I think there are mainly four factors impacting this. We had a particularly strong lending growth, good deposit growth also in the first quarter in spite of the seasonal outflows that you always see in the first quarter. Then we see the positive impact of the hedging tailwinds, as you saw already from the second half of last year, really showing an impact also this quarter and then lower deposits costs related to promotional campaigns.

When you look at Slide 27, it is important to say that that's more of a visualization of what we see in terms of replication development driven by a specific forward curve. So what we're saying there is that, yes, you will see a positive impact given the interest rates environments coming into play, but we're also then saying that we will be in the mid -- we expect to be in the midrange on liabilities margins between 100 and 110 basis points this year and could potentially given the interest rate path that we're seeing today be slightly above 110 basis points in the 2 coming years.

But we also expect, given the portfolio mix that we have to see that trending down to more normalized level over time as we also know that there is strong competition also on the savings side, which we also saw in 2023.

And we'll now move on to our next question from Matthew Clark of Mediobanca.

More questions on liability margin, I'm afraid. So I guess, firstly, I was just hoping to understand a bit better whereabouts on the curve, the movements were that benefited the liability margin this quarter. I mean, interest rates only really moved through March. So only for the last month of the quarter. So just trying to understand, was it 3 months, 6 months, 12 months that really drove that 5 basis point benefit that we haven't seen in the past, presumably it would take too long for the longer end to be benefiting the margin that much.

And then a related question is just in terms of the change in guidance from the around 100 basis points previously given. I mean, if you're guiding for that at the end of January, start of February, to have a 4 or 5 basis point upward surprise in the first quarter implies a very high exit rate in terms of the liability margin for March in order to bring that average up. So any comment there? Is it right to think that the March liability margin would have been trending some way higher even than that 104 basis point average for the quarter?

All right, Ida. It's going to be one-woman show.

Thank you, Steven. So Well, if I start with, there's not a specific part of the curve. I think when looking at the numbers and comparing it to what we talked about in the first quarter, you need to keep in mind that we also saw a gradual increase the December curve. So that needs to be taken into account. So there's not one point in time that we're looking at here, but a gradual increase. In addition to that, you, of course, already saw the positive developments on the hedging tailwinds coming from the second half of last year moving into the first half, which is then also then positive in terms of the outlook for the liability margins.

Then the second part of -- yes, the second part of the question was, sorry, I forgot.

Can you reiterate the second question, Matt, the change in guidance.

So there's 2 things. One, I just wanted to come back to the point that we were already seeing a benefit from the replicating tailwind last year because I thought the guidance had been -- well, that was true at the long end, not to expect an overall improvement to the replicating tailwind to swing positive until later on in 2026. But was it an overall replicating benefit we were already seeing last year? Or was it only at the longer end?

And then the other part of my original question was whether the exit rate for the liability margin in March was a lot higher than 104 basis points in order to bring the average for the full first quarter up to 104 basis points.

Ida, you will answer this.

So I think what's important to keep in mind here is that we have lower campaign costs this quarter as well compared to previous quarters. And particularly, if you also look at the first quarter last year where we have larger costs related to campaigns. And then in addition to that, you're right in terms of your point on the shorter end.

And we'll now take our next question from Namita Samtani.

First one, do you think the cost income target of around 52% in 2027, just based on your revenue and cost targets, is ambitious enough, given there are 23 other European banks targeting a lower cost income between 2026 to 2028. I'm just trying to understand the main pillars stopping ING from getting to a lower cost income than 52%.

And then secondly, just on what you would characterize growth markets in your Excel file, particularly in retail, I noticed the loan-to-deposit ratio over the past 4 years has come down by about 10 percentage points and is down to 52%. So I was just wondering why are you not able to grow lending as fast as deposits? And what's the strategy here? Because I would expect deposit profitability in the subcategory to not be as good as it could be in other regions.

Thank you, Namita. I think that if you look at cost-income targets, again, the implied is 52%. I think what we're driving for is on the one hand, operational efficiencies in our existing business, the main development for ING to drive value is to grow and diversify. And as I said, we are a bank that makes about 80% of its revenue based on interest rates or linked to that, whereas on deposits or lending, which is good. That's also our Zip Code i.e., where we came from. -- but we also have the opportunity to do a lot more with our customers.

You see that we grow our fees very well in all kinds of directions and the interaction we have with our clients in that regard and more people who trade with us, more people who use the app, more people who do payments with us, not more people who close insurance contracts to us as a distributor, more people who do financial market transactions with us, and you see it also rising the league tables in the capital markets, for example.

At the same time, because we're also growing lending in various aspects, also that part of the P&L is growing, but the goal is to diversify. And so what we will largely save in terms of our operational efficiencies, we are investing in broadening and deepening our client relationships. That is helping in the end, that's what we're driving towards the ROE. So that ROE, we say will be 40% this year or more than 15% RoTE in 2027. And we continue to drive and focus on RoTE growth. And implicitly, that will then also have a cost-income decrease as a consequence. But the main driver is consistent RoTE at scale.

In terms of the loan-to-deposit ratio, the line was breaking up a little bit, but I believe you said a low loan-to-deposit ratio in Poland. Yes, that is -- every market works differently. Quite a bit of stimulus in terms of investments comes there directly through the government. So there you see it's the public spending that is increasing, but not necessarily the private spending. And therefore, you see throughout all the banks that the loan-to-deposit ratio there is significantly below 100. And of course, we have been very successful in Poland growing over the past 20 years to become a top 3 bank there, we are continuing to do so. But there is a dislocation, if you will, between the growth in lending and deposits in that particular market. That's correct.

I just meant the growth market, it's like a category and in your AXA hold, but you still answered my questions, thanks very much.

All right. So that is correct, by the way. So all these dynamics are in the growth markets, which are mostly emerging markets, whereby if you then look at also the lending that is being done to households to date compared to mature markets compared to total GDP is significantly lower and is going step by step to higher levels, but it takes time. So the dynamics in those markets are different. That is correct.

And we'll now take our next question from Farquhar Murray of Autonomous.

Just two questions, if I may. Firstly, as you say the rates curve, by process, has been very volatile and there are quite a range of possible scenarios that could play out this year. So my question there is, how are you managing around that range of uncertainty and whether you've done anything specifically to adjust for it? And that would be both in terms of positioning within the replication portfolio and perhaps also competitively where it feels maybe you're leaving room for any your own campaigns this year.

And then secondly, briefly coming back on the mortgage floor change, should I see your comments are suggesting this will be simply wrapped into the kind of exercise of 1Q '27, so probably one and done and then maybe even slightly lumpy.

All right. On the mortgage floor, I will respond and then on the whole curve and the campaigns, Ida will respond. I think that when we talk about the mortgage floor, what I meant to say was that there's all kinds of movements happening, whether it is model updates or SRTs or changes in regulation. And we just take it into account in our semiannual update, in this case, by the end of October, whereby we say, okay, we look at what is our structural capital level. And if it's structurally above 13%, then we'll pay it back because what we need below that, we will need for growth. But if there is a structural excess above 13%, then we will pay it back, and we lump what we now see in also the mortgage floor in the Netherlands into account in that whole decision. Ida?

Thank you. In terms of looking at the replication, I think it's important to just say that this is primarily a risk management tool in order for us to match the different parts of the balance sheet rather than trying to make smart moves in the short term. And that's also why you see that we continuously see a good uptick in terms of replication income from the second half of last year into this year and also expect to see it going forward. So we haven't changed any strategy, are not making shift transitions purely based on the volatility. And I think overall, we have a very low risk appetite when it comes to interest rate risk in the bank and are therefore, managing interest rates overall in a prudent and strong way.

Thank you. That's all the time we have for questions. I will now hand it back to Steven van Rijswijk for closing remarks.

All right. Thank you very much again for your time, your attention, your good questions. I'm sure you will have a very busy day, given all the banks that are coming out with their figures today. So all the best with that. And I'm also very happy that you have now spoken to Ida as our new CFO and to Andrea as Head of Risk, and we will continue on the path in the next quarter and see you soon. Thank you.

Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.

Good afternoon, everyone. I'm here today with Marnix van Stiphout, COO of ING. Marnix, hello. Thank you for being with us.

Thank you. Pleasure.

But before I start with my questions, I have the usual following question. So how will AI Impact ING's earnings growth trajectory over the medium term. Strong positive, moderate positive, neutral, negative impact due to the higher cost of deposits or is it too early to tell?

Well, okay, and zero negative impact. That's quite interesting. All right. We will get back to this call. But first, we don't often see a COO at Morgan Stanley Conference. And I'm very excited to have you because I think this will be a really interesting fireside chat. But what led you to come?

Well, the invitation joking apart, Look, it's -- there's so much happening clearly. And I think operational excellence the link to customer experience, the take-up, the rollout, the take-up of AI is all sitting in our remit.

So yes, this is -- if there's one time is relevant, it's today, I think. So that's the reason.

Absolutely. And you published the presentation this morning about the scalability of ING's operations. But before we go into the details of this presentation, can you perhaps help us understand your role at ING and how crucial the operations team is in ING's strategy.

Sure. Yes, because it's good to go about it because the definition of COO differs across the industry, obviously. So what we got excluded from COO at ING is the technology itself. But what we include is all of the operations, business and support, so the wholesale, the retail and all the support functions. It includes all payments. So we've got a factory that sets is with us in COO. It includes all AML KYC. It includes all data and it includes all Analytics/AI that we do for ourselves, but for the bank overall, sits within COO. And we do all the transformation for ING. And it's in total, maybe just to give people a bit of an idea of scale, it's about 20,000 people, and that's kind of just shy of 1/3 of the group.

Very clear. And so staying on the topical ING growth strategy, how do you achieve scalable growth?

Yes. So look, it's -- we've got a pretty good trajectory over the last couple of years in track record actually in terms of growing wholesale and retail. We have been a digital bank for a very long time. That's how we've got known, I guess, to many people around here in the room and beyond as a challenger. And I think we still benefit from the fact we've been relentless in digitalization, in straight through processing, as we call it, STP. We even carry an index internally, which we also publish on how STP we are across our main journeys in the bank, 350 journeys we measure.

Secondly, we have pulled together a lot of our capability in terms of people in hubs, 6 countries, 7 locations where we pull technology and operations teams together to work in an agile way, in a flexible way across the different priorities, across different countries, so not linked to a specific goal or a specific piece or a specific country. That has given us a lot of flexibility. It's about 14,000 people in total today, across, again, technology and operations. And of course, with the front runner that we are I dare to say, in AI. And I think if I give you a couple of examples of how this has made us scalable, right, in operations in a broader sense in the technology. We've added about 1 million primary mobile clients over the last couple of years per annum. We have gained productivity in, for example, mortgages, about 50% over the last couple of years per FTE, 28% on the other side of the spectrum in Wholesale Banking lending. We have been able to reduce friction for our clients, resulting in a 40-plus percent reduction in flow coming into our contact centers. And so basically a little bit of a long story short, we have been able to assume new clients more volume and our cost base and FTE count in operations has reduced. So that's what I call true scalability.

Perfect. Can I just go back to something that you said at the beginning, and quickly clarify because you said tech is excluded from the COO. Why is that? And how do you interact with them with the tax side of things?

Yes. So it's good that you asked. I mean when I talk, for example, about analytics, which is in our scope, right in my scope, then the technology side of analytics is within the remit of our Chief Analytics Officer. So he, in this case, works with a full team of about 600 people globally, which I call direct people in COO, but also people in technology. But the functional responsibility for technology sits with the CTO of the bank.

But everywhere, we need technology colleagues to help us in, for example, KYC, they work together, of course, with these teams on an integrated basis.

Perfect. So then -- and let's go back to the cost base of the bank. Some banks are particularly bloated or have a very wide branch network. We call them this these, the low-hanging fruit, but it doesn't look like ING has this sort of low-hanging fruit. So where do you see the biggest opportunities on the cost base?

Yes. We still got a lot of fruit, though. You might not see this low hang, but we still got a lot of fruit. And so just to give you some ideas. We still employ 6,000 people just a bit lower than that is a bit shy again of 6,000 people in KYC. We are multi country retail bank. We've got 10 franchises, deep franchises, and that has basically meant a lot of KYC work next to our wholesale. And there, we have actually got a big opportunity through what we call behavioral modeling, which we have rolled out, which is AI-based, to take out 80% of our manual fallouts.

Well, of course, you can calculate that or at least you can imagine that the 6,000 people are not there to do non-manual work, they're largely doing manual work. So that's a huge opportunity for us, and that's what we are working on today as we speak.

You said 80 or 18.

80, yes of the manual fallout, we will be taking care of, i.e., they'll become STP, so to say.

Very true.

Okay. And the second example where we still got a lot of work to be done or a lot of benefit to be had is in our contact centers. It's about 2,500 people strong. We have, as I said earlier, reduced volumes by 40%. So it's already shrunk quite considerably. We've also got a GenAI chatbot that is giving us an 80% success rate in non-manual resolution of requests. But we're going to use conversational AI by the middle of this year to make that environment even more productive.

And I think what's important to mention, both on the KYC side and the contact center side, there's always 2 conversations. There's the client impact conversation. So on the KYC side, it will also help us onboard clients far more smoothly. And then there is the productivity side, which helps us with the cycle of doing KYC. And on the contact center side, same thing. It helps us to convert clients. For example, with conversational AI. You draw in nondigital clients far more easily through that approach, then we can do that today. And of course, there is the productivity benefit on the other side, too.

So it's always 2 sides of the same coin.

Very interesting, especially the 80%. Okay. So let's discuss AI now. Do you think this is an opportunity for ING? And how do you win? Or how do you use AI to win?

Yes. It would be quite funny if I would be the 0% change here. But no, I think it's a huge opportunity. And look, I think it's important to start with, we have been working, as I said earlier, on digital propositions for the last couple of decades, right?

So we've done a lot of work on our data. We're sharing a lot of solutions like the app across all of our markets and our data solutions as well. So we are well positioned from that perspective. I think what is another important topic to talk about is how we organize for it, right? So we got a single team in analytics in AI across the world, as I just referenced.

More than 95% of all the work sits in that team for us. We consolidate the work as much as we can in that team for consistency and quality and monitoring purposes. We also produce the work on a single platform. So we don't have leakage because people have got different platforms in different countries. We produce it all on a single platform. We got a very strict view on what work we work on. We've got an AI KPI that is carried by me as the COO and my teams by the business in retail by the business in wholesale and also by technology.

So we got like we did with the digitalization STP, we got joint KPIs, which helps us greatly. And a further point is that we monitor this work on a monthly basis, meaning there's board involvement, including myself, with all of the expos across all of our markets. Every month to monitor what's happening, what is the progress? What are the new ideas and to vet new ideas into potentially add-ons to the portfolio.

So my point, ultimately, it's very strictly organized and we look at this as normal execution. Of course, it's novel in terms of its content, but in terms of how we execute, it's very regimental you could argue. So I think our heritage and our approach gives a very, very, very important starting point.

Can I follow up on something you just said? You mentioned AI KPIs. So can you make it a bit more real for us? Can you give us some examples here?

Well, it ranges from the introduction of more machine learning models, right, in the propensity, but also our consumer lending models, our churn models, our e-banking models against fraud. So that's one end of the spectrum. And on the other end of the spectrum, we got in the KPI, the conversational AI launch, for example, right? So it's literally from machine learning to GenAI to Agentic AI all sitting in that space in that KPI.

Perfect. And so the KPI is how quick can you launch it and how effective it is?

We just got milestones on all of these topics for 2026 and 2027. So we just followed the plan.

Excellent. And can you -- you talked about scalability earlier, right? So can you talk us through how scalable your platform is? How much of a competitive advantage this is, how quickly can you scale when you have an AI use case?

Yes, yes. Look, I think it's very much linked also to what I just said, right. So first all, is the organization on how we operate, which makes it that the choices that we make and how we then make them, 90% of what we start get scaled, right? So there's no hobbying, and I don't want to say that other people are necessarily hobbying, but there is not a lot of room for people to innovate on their own.

There is an agenda. We follow the agenda and 90% of that get scaled. There is a very strict risk and compliance approach to it, which is also centralized. So we don't have that kind of decision-making looked at by risk, for example, jurisdiction by jurisdiction. We got that consolidated, too. So I talked about the single team, all the work flowing through it, the single platform and also the single risk approach. And just to give you an idea on the scalability of things, I talked about the contact center, but maybe also in product development. We have just launched Agentic AI in Dutch mortgages.

In parallel, we're working on -- we're using that solutions for German mortgages, and we'll take that to other countries too. So my point is, we really aim and we're succeeding so far in making sure that we get the benefit of these implementations across the different markets.

Perfect. And a follow-up again. So Agentic AI in Dutch mortgages, how does that help? Can you give us some examples?

So we've grown market share quite considerably over the last couple of years. And we are a big Dutch Bank. We have 40% of the Dutch population banks with ING. And still, and that's something to be really happy about, at least I am. We're still add clients and we still add content and products. So we're still growing the bank is my point.

On mortgages, actually growing mortgage book is quite cumbersome, meaning you need well-trained experienced people to add mortgages to your book. And actually, we can't do that anymore. We're just adding people. It's just -- that's too slow. The Agentic solution that we've just launched a couple of weeks ago and will continue to add to, gives us about 10% to 15% productivity gain.

So we can add volume with our people, so to say. That will grow, and that's a fantastic delivery for us. I've seen it live a couple of times now. And yes, it's very good. And maybe to talk a bit about the German side of things that gets launched slightly later still in the next couple of months. And that gets us by early '27 to a below 1 day time to yes for the full German portfolio of mortgages. So that for us in the German large German market is a massive thing to achieve.

Perfect. And I guess the Agentic side of things helps you with the mortgages in terms of all the checks on the property on the collateral on the borrower?

Correct, correct.

Great. And so let's talk about FTEs then because earlier, I was quite impressed by the 6,000 people, 80% potential savings. But if I look at the FTEs of ING over the past 5 years, that has actually increased. So if we look forward, how do you expect AI to impact the overall number of ING?

So maybe just a bit of context. We have built -- of course, that's now in the past, we built quite a bit of capacity on the KYC side, given all that we have to do. We have built our hubs that I just talked about where we basically took external people out, third parties out and build captives. We are a big believer, I personally, but also us as a team that we want to do these things ourselves with our own people. We believe that's better for the continuity, its better for the experience and it's much higher quality output.

So that has added to the FTE base. But to be very specific about today and tomorrow, we have reduced in operations in the largest in a broader sense of the world, I should say, about 1,000 people last year. We are reducing about 1,250 this year, and that will continue over the next couple of years. And you ask me, okay, for the group overall, we're still growing, right?

We're adding segments content to different markets, business banking in Spain, in Italy and Germany, Australia, affluent. That needs people. Also engineering needs more people, but we are balancing that of funding that you could argue through reductions on the COO side.

So let's get to that 0%. There is a thesis in the market, although perhaps not in this room that deposits could be disrupted. And within deposits, specifically, I would say, the savings account. Not really the current account on that one is more sticky if you have your payroll. But when it comes to savings in terms where actually ING is particularly strong that lends itself, perhaps it's a bit more to be disrupted, especially if you are a digital native and so how do you respond to this clip?

Well, look, I see this a bit differently, to be honest. First of all, we've got a broad client base. And if you look at it per customer, it's around 15,000 deposits, right, on average. So these are small tickets. So less vulnerable for individual big shifts. That's the starting point.

Second point is we've seen our deposit base very resilient over the periods, right? So even under considerable change in the markets, we have been very consistent. Further point is pricing-wise, we're sitting largely in the middle of the pack. We're not very high, so exposed in that sense. But I think even more important, as a digital challenger, we have got enormous capacity to detect. We got very good elasticity and churn models that pick up these kind of developments if they occur very early in the process. We got very personal response opportunities, because we have put also model AI developments there, which help us to have personalized marketing and offers to our clients, which basically gives us very good returns at this stage. So my point ultimately is that I think we are quite well positioned to be on the advantage side of this conversation rather than anything else.

But today, if such a tool exists if that Chat GPT, for example, launches a deposit optimization tool, could that operationally happen in Europe?

Well, I think -- look, it can happen, but even with the current tooling like raising offers, right? It's not as prolific or dynamic as people maybe believe it should be. I think it's also important to say, we're adding, when I talk about 1 million clients per annum, we talk about primary mobile clients who do a lot more with us than just putting some money with right? So there is a lot deeper relationship and more products that people work with at ING than just a deposit with a bit of an interest rate. So I think that also helps us protect what we've got today and actually build what we got today.

Got it. And so you have the responsibility for AI within the bank. It's quite a big role these days. So how do you ensure and innovative, but responsible, I would say, AI culture when you roll out new applications.

Yes. So I think first, back to what I said earlier, the way we organize for this is per our normal execution rhythm, right? So the risk we assess, the way we control things, just the consolidation of the work. So that makes it well controlled to start with. What I find very important in terms of controlling what we're doing is that we said, let's make sure that from a credit nonfinancial and compliance risk perspective, we have this single team in risk.

So with the CRO, we said, let's build this. Liliano who is now Head of Wholesale Banking, the previous CRO, I was very keen to do this too. So we got at least a very well-developed capability in the bank for risk assessment, so to say, right, and decision-making. And that's all based on a process that includes 140 risk parameters that we always use for these assessments. So that's pretty solid.

And last but not least...

Sorry, parameters, can you give us some examples?

Well, I mean, the hallucination obviously, is an important topic right? And just to give you an idea, before launch, we look at hallucination, but we continue to test a share of the go-live flows in perpetuity, so to say, on a manual basis to make sure hallucination stays away. So those are the kind of the controls that we put in place.

So it's a very serious how we take that role also in production, not just before production as an example. And last but not the least, I think it's the whole education. We've spent a lot of time and money, by the way, on reeducating our workforce on the junior and the senior level, and that will continue also from a risk perspective.

Makes sense. So I want to turn to the financial impact for ING. But before I do that, let's see if there are any questions? There is one.

We've heard a number of banks talk about the potential for AI benefits to be competed away over time through get backs in rates or effectively being shared with the consumer in some shape or form. What's your view on how much could be shared what the triggers for that will be and maybe what the time frame for that will be, please?

Yes. So I guess the conversation about what will happen with these benefits, right? I mean there's a point of what will happen with the price of AI, I guess, is a question what will happen with consumers? Do you give something back to your clients? And the third point that's floating around, obviously, is -- is this a big reset for all of us? Are we all getting back to the same kind of starting point, right? And I want to start with that point. I think well, anyone who's telling me, let me speak for myself, anyone was telling me that -- this will allow you to basically do away with all your legacy and Sprint forward like everybody else who is well prepared, I think that's nonsense.

My point being, I think the fact that we have spent a lot of time curating our data platform, data quality that we use across the bank rather than having all these different disperse sets of data and data platforms is giving us a very good and better starting point than many others. Because there's less legacy. I think that is important. And a lot of legacy means there is less consistent data, less data quality, less prepared to get this going at scale. So I think that's an important point, I think, to make first. Then there is a pricing point about, okay, you're using -- we use Google, for example, won't the price go up prohibitively and will eat all the benefits? Well, I think a couple of things that we are looking at. We're looking at using more different models than just a single Google LLM, so to say, right?

So there is also a development towards smaller, more focused models for more focused business cases, that should make processing lighter and the business case better. But also, let's be clear, we're not going to throw Agentic AI at everything. It's going to be very expensive if that's what we do. So we're going to be far more selective than some people think maybe in how we apply this.

So mortgages and in Germany, I just [indiscernible] is a big thing for us, right? So a big thing deserves a big solution from an income and a cost perspective. This is more income than cost by the way, on mortgages. And I think that will -- so when we go beyond the KYC and the contact center solution, when we get to smaller and I'm not saying everything else is a lot smaller, but when we get a small end of the business cases will take probably different decisions.

And I think last, but at least on the consumer side, do we give benefit back to consumers. I think it's a bit too early to call, but what I dare to say is the speed by which we bring, for example, conversational AI and other solutions to the market will allow us to deepen our relationships with customers and that allow us to, I think, give some money back ultimately to customers with deeper relationships and more clients coming to ING.

Perfect. Let me see -- okay, we have 2 more questions. So here, let's start at the corner and then we go on.

You've obviously mentioned how much AI can help in terms of cost takeout and kind of reducing head count. You're not the only Dutch bank kind of talking about those kind of programs. And I'm sure you're not the only corporation just in Europe talking about this. How much are you thinking about the potential risks to I guess, lending demand on the retail side, kind of mortgage customers being at risk of losing their jobs if a lot of corporates kind of just replace people with machines. Is that something you're already considering? Or if not, why not?

Well, we're certainly thinking about it. But the more immediate points for me, for us is I gave just examples of 2025, 1000 people, 1,250 in 2026, and that will continue over the next couple of years from a COO perspective alone. We are very serious about the social responsibility that we've got. So the other side, maybe the precursor to your question. And to take that role very, we do a couple of things. First of all, we reeducate everybody who is in scope and beyond the scope by the way, whether we believe they're going to be with us or not, we're going to give people some serious reeducation, reskilling today, tomorrow and the day after.

So that's what we're investing in heavily. The second point that we're doing, the second point I want to make is we're making a lot of extra investment and a lot of efforts with third parties to get very well-trained ING people in operations who really sought after in terms of their skills to other sectors to health, for example. So that is something that's happening as we speak. We're doing this across markets. And we're trying to get people out of banking into other areas of the economy where these skills are really going to be very useful.

So I'm not sure that's going to alleviate all the joblessness that kind of within your question. But at least, I think it's important that there is opportunity for these people beyond the job at ING, and that will help certainly this point.

Yes, we have another question.

So obviously, just given the developments in AI and how it can improve a lot in terms of efficiency, but also -- we got headlines, I think, last week or the week before, from Australia where a lot of cyber fraud was being used and AI was being used in cyber fraud. In terms of protecting yourself against that what does that look like? And also, is it only going to be manifested in better detection? Or will that be also reflected in provisioning and whatnot?

What you said -- what was the last thing you said also?

In provisioning or in terms of credit losses at LLPs?

So well, first of all, we're doing a lot of investments in fraud, anti-fraud and AI also is helping there, obviously. But the e-banking modeling and all those kind of things which are not always easy to do in terms of data provisioning, but there's a lot of money going into new technology for prevention, detection.

Of course, PSD3 is coming out right across Europe, which gives us more of a liability for impersonation across banking, so that we know, obviously. But what is good to say when we put forgery tools in, for example, document forgery tools or when we put a new e-banking model in or we put stricter enrollment technology or process in it gives us a benefit. So we see that fraud numbers are coming off, are coming down as soon as we do these things.

Obviously, fraud are pretty flexible and agile in their thinking. So we need to keep on running with them. But my point is, we know how to respond. We know where to invest, how to build it and to make sure that those flows reduce, but it is a serious thing for sure.

Right. Do we have other questions? Okay. If not, I'm going to continue because we get now to the financial impact for ING. So in terms of cost, you have high 93% cost benefit or $350 million. So which areas do these cost benefits come from?

Well, it's mainly COO, has made the things I talked about, but it's a technology and the cost of transformation gets smaller. For example, we are redoing our tech landscape in Belgium in the Belgian bank by ING. We call it the new banking platform, which is core banking plus the whole of the periphery. The speed by which we do this has gone up because of the engineering benefit we see.

So overall, a bit of a long-winded answer. It's mainly COL but also a bit beyond. We think this will continue over the next couple of years at similar levels. there could also be other areas. I agree, but let's not forget, we're growing the bank. We're growing the bank. We're investing in business banking in Spain, in Italy, in Germany, in Australia. I talked about it earlier, Affluent is the same thing. That needs investments, that needs people. So we might see other savings, but we'll see other investments and still income will grow faster.

Yes. I was -- actually, that was going to be my follow-up question because [indiscernible], we like net cost saving numbers, not gross because the growth then gets hidden away with growth and so the cost base continues growing. So -- you mentioned it's already 350. You see it as a good run rate, can that accelerate? Can we see a bit a step-up in cost savings initiatives?

Let me -- allow me to say 1 thing first, because it's the first time I've seen this in my professional life. COO operational costs are coming down in absolute terms in our case. And the FTEs, as I said, we're also going down in absolute terms. I've never seen that before. So something is happening, right? For sure and that's why we are growing the bank. So I think that's an important point to add to this. The scalability is really novel.

Now your question, could the 3% be more? Yes, it could always be more. But now we are committing to these numbers based on our growth and based on what we see and RCI should improve with 1 percentage points in '26 and '27.

Gross income. I was actually going to ask about that because that's the other key metric. So we're talking a lot about efficiency ING being particularly scalable, yet the cost income is in the 50th, which is a bit higher versus the second quarter.

So if you think about AI and all the initiatives you have talked about, do you think this helps more on the income side or on the cost side?

Well, just by the sheer numbers. On the income side, we're growing faster than before. So our CI is going down, whether then in absolute terms, it helps more on the income side or the cost side that remains to be seen. I think, look, I can add that everything and anything we do in COO and beyond is now being looked at through the lens of AI, right?

So when we can actually apply it, we will apply it. That will have an income impact potentially and a cost impact. I think the best thing is it will improve our CI both ways.

Very clear. Do we have other questions from the room?

Yes, we have one in the middle.

Just one more since you mentioned mortgage underwriting. What is the regulators involvement and appetite for the use of these tools in credit decisioning, if anything?

Yes. So let me be very clear on all that I've talked about in KYC, but also a genetic mortgages, the regulators are fully involved since day 1 because otherwise, you don't get this done. Now more specifically, on mortgages, the AI act tells us this is a high-risk process. So there's always a human in the loop, right? So when we do this, it's productivity for the people working with, but there's always a person assessing the output.

So that's appreciated by the regulators. I think that's really evolved, but that's my personal prediction on the AML side on the KYC side that has already evolved that except for some increased risk, that's a pure nonhuman in the loop automated process.

Perfect. Do we have other questions? Yes.

This isn't really AI-related, but just generally, when you think about the growth on the income side, so as you grow deposits, how do you think about remaining may be disciplined on growth there, where you're not growing deposits just for the sake of growing, but focusing on profitable growth. And if that mindset maybe shifted in the more recent years to be more disciplined over time.

Look, I'm the ops guy. But let me say, we have been disciplined over the last couple of years and will continue to be disciplined going forward. We're not just growing deposits for the sake of having money on the balance sheet. So you can assume that ING will be as disciplined tomorrow as we are today, and we were yesterday.

Perfect. We have another question.

From the outside, it's quite hard to judge, which banks are well invested and well progressed on AI and which are the laggards. What would you advise us from the outside to be asking each bank, either a metric or some sort of ratio which would help us to understand how advanced a bank is -- or what sort of measure would you tell us to convince us that ING is a leader as I think you suggested earlier?

So for the scalability of things, will come to impact in a minute for the scalability of things. I would like to understand when you launch a product with AI, with the support of AI, do you use the same data structure across your bank -- or do you need the Germans to construct something different from the Dutch versus the Italians versus whatever other franchisees.

So I take a lot of time to make sure that when we do these things, we've got data products that are basically reusable as a structure across the bank. So our consumer lending, right, in AML is now 65% instant that consumer lending data structure gets used in all these markets. So that will give you at least a clue about how scalable these things are for these people. And if there's a lot of legacy, they can't get it to a single product, then I think that tells you something.

So that's on how to scale it. And in terms of how to see the impact of it, I would ask, can you show me in, for example, let's stick with consumer lending. Can you show me in consumer lending over the last couple of years, how much of your origination has become zero touch, right? So have you really been able to go from zero, if it was zero to 80% or 90% or 100% or you're still seeing somewhere between 10 and 20, like many maybe will tell you. And last but not least, and what volumes are you then creating through that increased straight through solution.

So those are data products, what's your STP rate or instant delivery and what's the volume going through it.

I actually want to follow up on this question. I think ING is no longer in the mainframe in the Netherlands. Does that help or actually no the solutions even if you are in the mainframe because that's an easy question.

As good point. Very good point, and I'm glad you asked. So it's not only that we're no longer in -- on the mainframe. It's also -- and a lot of people talk about this also today at the investor meetings, obviously, people ask about core banking. So what are you in core banking? Are you migrating to a single core bank or -- what we have done over the last couple of years, we have gone from a core banking structure that is kind of rich, which does everything for anyone, for everybody. to just doing accounts in core banking, right? So we just have your my account in the core bank. And it means that we've got a payment engine for payments. We've got a lending engine for lending.

So that has become a set of modules in our infrastructure. The benefit of it is it's easier to reuse that's point one. It's easy to change was you don't touch everything at the same time, right? And the third point is you can be a little more granular in what kind of features you build in those kind of dedicated environment. And last but not least, back to the question we just got on what would you advise in terms of measurement. It also allows you to have data quality at a certain level easier than when you put everything together, I dare to say.

So that's what we have done over the last couple of years, and I think that helps our proposition. Right. So rather than replacing the core banking, it's about the middle layer, that becomes more modular.

Perfect. Sorry. Are there any other questions from the audience? Yes, there is another one.

The capability of AI tools is obviously expanding or accelerating very rapidly. How quickly can you integrate new tools into your workflows now that we're seeing the plug-ins come out from Claude and Co-work and so on. As that continues, how quickly can you bring these new things.

Yes. So look, things can always change. But if you look at it today, we use Google, right, as a toolkit, so to say, and also for data -- but within that construct, and we also got an on-prem ING cloud. But within that construct, we can use different models. So we've got Google models, we also got Claude models, right? Or we use Claude, we can add Mistral, we don't use Mistral but we can have Mistral. So there's a library that you can fill with large or small dedicated language models. So in terms of the modeling and the diversity of models, I think we've got a lot of flexibility. And the tools goes too far. We've got a single engineering platform that combines a lot of tools from different vendors relatively easily, actually, absolutely easily. So I don't see that as a problem at all or you didn't say it was a problem that you were just asking a question.

Can I follow up with the question, when we speak with Fintechs and especially in new banks, they tell us that 1 of their competitive advantage versus incumbent banks is that they can release more quickly, like they do several hundred releases even a day, whereas banks operating batches, there is a batch a quarter or it's a much more slow environment to go live. Is that correct?

That's correct for certain banks, but not ING. We launched -- we got an enormous backlog every day of launches. So we don't have that kind of monolithic way of you got 3 releases per annum, not at all. We moved to agile quite a long time ago. So that also means that our release schedule is far more intensive than just a couple of times a year.

Okay. How intensive?

Thousands of releases every day.

Okay. Perfect.

And of course, different platforms.

Yes. No, no, I understand your present across many front companies so, but that's very useful. Thank you. Any closing question, otherwise. Not?

Thank you very much. This was incredibly interesting.

Thank you very much.

Good afternoon. This is Laura. Welcoming you to ING's 4Q 2025 Fixed Income Call. Before handing this conference call over to Jaap Kes, Group Treasurer of ING Group, let me first say that today's comments may include forward-looking statements, such as statements regarding future developments in our business, expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statement. A discussion of factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement is contained in our public filings, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our earnings press release as posted on our website today. Furthermore, nothing in today's comments constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

Good afternoon, Jaap. Over to you.

Thank you, operator. Welcome all, and thank you for joining us today for the ING Fixed Income Call around our fourth quarter '25 results. My name is Jaap Kes, and I'm the Group Treasurer for ING Group. Today, I'm here together with Sjoerd Miltenburg, the Head of Investor Relations. In this call, we will take you through the 4Q '25 results as well as ING's capital position and issuance plans for the coming year. At the end of the call, we will have some time for Q&A.

Before we get started, I would like to point out that the fixed income presentation accompanying this call is available for download from our website. After the presentation, we'll be happy to answer your questions.

With that, let me hand over to Sjoerd.

Yes. Thanks, Jaap. Let me start with Slide 2, demonstrating the outstanding commercial growth that we have achieved in 2025. We added more than 350,000 mobile primary customers during the quarter, bringing total growth for the year to over 1 million, fully in line with the ambitious target we set at our Capital Markets Day.

Our growth in customer balances was well above our target level of around 4%. Our loan book grew by 8.3% in 2025, mainly driven by residential mortgages, while the deposit book grew by 5.5%, predominantly in retail banking from private individuals. Fee income continued its positive trend, growing by 15% on the back of continued customer growth and increased cross-sell. And altogether, the strong commercial momentum translated into very solid financial results as well.

Our return on equity for 2025 was 13.2%, well above our guidance at the start of the year. In addition, we remain fully committed to supporting our clients in their sustainability transitions. Our total sustainable volume mobilized reached EUR 166 billion for the year, representing a 28% increase year-on-year.

Now let's move to the next slide to look at how this commercial momentum drove our financial performance. On Slide 3, you can see that despite the lower interest rates, our commercial NII remained very strong in 2025 at EUR 15.3 billion. This result was supported by the significant increase in our customer balances, disciplined repricing and by our prudent deposit hedging strategy. Fee income increased by 15% compared to 2024 with strong contributions across all products and businesses. Investment products performed particularly well, growing its fee income by 21% with strong performance across all metrics, the number of customers, assets under management and the number of trades. As a result of the strong NII and fee income performance, total income reached a record level for the third consecutive year.

And with that, let's move to Slide 4. On this slide, we highlight the actions taken to strengthen our operational leverage. In 2025, we further reduced friction from the key customer journeys by increasing the share of number of customer journeys handled without any manual intervention. We also introduced our chatbot in 7 retail markets, providing customers with faster and more accurate answers to their questions, resulting in annual savings as well as more satisfied customers.

The fact that our customer experience is highly appreciated is well reflected in our strong NPS positions across all markets. In retail banking, we maintained our #1 position in 5 out of 10 markets while being in the top 3 in all markets. These investments and scalability are also translating into higher efficiency, which is visible in our FTE over customer balance ratio, which has improved by more than 7% since 2023.

And now moving to Slide 5. On Slide 5, we show how our robust commercial growth, strong development of total income and proactive cost measures have resulted into strong capital generation. Over the past year, we delivered more than EUR 6.3 billion in net profit, contributing almost 2 percentage points to our CET1 ratio. The strong level of capital generation is driven by our consistent strategy and stable business model, operating across strong economies with a prudent risk management framework, altogether leading to predictable cash flows.

And the RWA consumption to generate a strong level of profitability is limited. In 2025, roughly 15% of our net profit was consumed by RWA growth. This was also supported by a modest use of SRTs in order to optimize capital efficiency in Wholesale Banking with our first 2 SRT transactions completed in November. On the back of this strong performance, we announced additional distributions for a total amount of EUR 3.6 billion, bringing our CET1 ratio closer to our target level of around 13%.

Now let's move on to Slide 9. And on Slide 9, we present our outlook for '26 and '27. So for '26, we expect total income to grow to around EUR 24 billion. This outlook is supported by continued volume growth and an anticipated 5% to 10% increase in fee income. Total operating expenses, excluding incidentals, are projected to be in the range of EUR 12.6 billion to EUR 12.8 billion, leading to an ROTE that's expected to grow from 13.6% to more than 14%.

Looking ahead to 2027, we now expect total income to exceed EUR 25 billion, which is at the upper end of our previous target range, including a higher fee income target, which we now expect to exceed EUR 5 billion in 2027. For operating expenses, again, excluding incidentals, we expect to be at around EUR 13 billion, reinforcing our continued focus on cost discipline and operational efficiency. Taken together, these targets translate into return on tangible equity of more than 15%.

Now moving to Slide 10. Zooming in on our total income projections, let's start with commercial NII. We assume our customer balances growth of around 5% per year, above the guidance we gave at Capital Markets Day and reflecting the commercial momentum in our franchises. The liability margin is expected to be at the lower end of the 100 to 110 basis point range that we gave, while the lending margin is assumed to remain stable compared with the fourth quarter.

Fees are expected to grow by 5% to 10%, building on the strong performance we achieved in 2025. All other income is expected to be around EUR 2.8 billion, excluding incidentals. Taken together, total income is expected to reach around EUR 24 billion in 2026.

And finally, before handing back to Jaap, let me take you to Slide 23 to give you an update on our risk cost and staging. Total risk costs were EUR 365 million in the quarter, equivalent to 20 basis points of average customer lending, which is in line with our through-the-cycle average. Net additions to Stage 3 provisions amounted to EUR 389 million, mainly driven by individual Stage 3 provisioning for a number of new and existing files in Wholesale Banking. This was partly offset by releases of existing provisions due to repayments, secondary market sales and structural improvements.

As a result, the Stage 3 ratio increased slightly. For Stage 1 and Stage 2, we recorded a net release of EUR 24 million, reflecting a partial release of management overlays and updated macroeconomic forecast. Overall, we remain confident in the strength and the quality of our loan book.

With that, over to you, Jaap.

Thank you, Sjoerd. So now let's turn to Slide 25, where we look at the quarterly risk-weighted asset development. As you can see on this slide, overall risk-weighted assets increased by EUR 4.5 billion in the fourth quarter. An important driver for this is business growth, in particular, in our mortgage portfolio, but we have also seen operational risk-weighted assets going up due to an update of the SMA model. At the other end, we saw a partial offset as a result of our first 2 Wholesale Banking SRTs, which we announced in November 2025. These transactions provide us with first loss protection on diversified portfolios of corporate loans with a total notional exposure of EUR 10.5 billion. The impact of the completed SRT transactions is around 12 basis points on our 4Q '25 CET1 ratio.

Bringing these developments together with quarterly profitability and equity distributions, we will look at capital developments on Slide 26. This bar chart shows the quarterly development of our capital ratios. The CET1 decreased to 13.1% as the additional distribution of EUR 1.6 billion as announced last quarter, has been fully deducted this quarter. The cash component of the additional distribution was paid in January and the ongoing share buyback is progressing well with almost half of the program completed by now. In addition, a final cash dividend over 2025 of around EUR 0.74 per ordinary share is proposed, subject to AGM approval in April 2026.

Moving from total capital to loss-absorbing capacity. Let's move to Slide 29 on TLAC and MREL. Here, we show both the TLAC and the MREL requirements measured against RWA. Left -- on the left as well as the against leverage ratio on the right-hand side. We pulled the year-end 2025 actuals against the TLAC and MREL requirements for 2026. As you can see, we are amply meeting these metrics, RWA and leverage with sizable buffers. Although all metrics are relevant, it is clear the RWA-based MREL is the binding constraint. So this is the measure for us to manage.

The roughly 2.5% delta between actuals and requirements provide us with a comfortable buffer of almost EUR 12 billion against the requirements. Clearly, to maintain this buffer, we will need to come to the market in 2026.

Turning to Slide 30. In 2026, we plan to issue around 6 -- or between EUR 6 billion and EUR 8 billion of HoldCo Senior, which is in line with what we have issued in 2025. For AT1 and Tier 2, we are comfortable with the current AT1 and Tier 2 ratios at 2.2% and 3.1%, respectively. So any issuance is driven by replacement needs and/or to accommodate RWA growth. For AT1, the first upcoming call date for an AT1 instrument is November 2026. For Tier 2, we have a EUR 1.5 billion instrument with a 3-month par call window from February until May 2026.

So now I will finish the '26 issuance guidance first, but I will come back to how we think about par call options in a little bit. First on Opco Senior. We currently don't expect much other than potentially some local issuance in Australia in line with what we've done last year. As we mainly use this instrument for internal ratio management and general funding purposes, this can obviously change in case of unforeseen balance sheet developments. Lastly, for secured issuance, we expect to issue between EUR 6 billion and EUR 8 billion from our various issuance entities and also including RMBS.

Now on par call options, let me spend a few [indiscernible] on this topic to clarify how we look at this. Over the past year, we observed a market practice evolving, whereby peers are exercising par call options at the beginning of the call period -- of the call window rather than at the first reset date, which diverges from our initial expectations.

ING's capital planning and economic call policy are both based on the first reset date. Instruments with par call features have been priced, booked and hedged with this date in mind. Our first Tier 2 instrument with a 3-month par call option will enter its par call window this February. And while we do not comment on the likelihood of exercising the call now, we emphasize that ING retains the right to call the instrument on any day during the 3-month window. Not calling on the first day window should not be interpreted as a non-call event.

Finally, and perhaps zooming out a bit further to the liability side of our balance sheet, let's turn to Slide 37. ING has a very stable liquidity profile, where over 2/3 of the balance sheet is funded by customer deposits, of which retail deposits are the main component. We are seeing continued growth of our deposit book with a customer deposit growth of 4.5% in 2025, driven by continued customer acquisition and successful promotional campaigns, for instance, in Germany.

Due to the success of the Growing the Difference strategy, ING managed to achieve very strong commercial growth and balance sheet growth, outstripping market growth. Next to our LCR of 140%, which is supported by a conservative bond portfolio and sizable cash position, we maintain large pools of ECB eligible assets consisting of retained corporate bonds, retained securitizations and also credit claims. We continue to focus on the increase of these pools of assets that can be transformed to liquidity rapidly if needed.

With that, I provided my key points and suggest we open the floor for some questions. Operator, please?

[Operator Instructions] We will now take our first question from Arne Petimezas of AFS Group.

[indiscernible]

Arne, can you please go ahead? Unmute your audio please. Arne, please go ahead, your line is open.

Sorry, I had a problem with my phone. Can you hear me now? So I'm going to repeat my question. So do you have any plans for tapping the ECB MROs and LTROs at some point as excess liquidity continues to decline?

Thanks for the question. Yes, we -- so as a rule, we don't want to rely on central bank operations. So we want to be self-sufficient. But there can obviously be reasons to draw on MROs or LTROs or in the past, even TLTROs, which is multiple reasons. So in the end, there can be, too little cash to support the financial system. For now, there is a lot of excess cash. So that is not the case yet. But it can also be very economical to draw on these operations. So it can also be very beneficial from a pricing perspective, or there can be specific programs that support the economy like we've seen with the TLTROs. So we don't believe there is a stigma anymore on the usage of MROs or TLTROs, and we will look at it, but mostly from these reasons and not to [indiscernible] -- or on a structural basis to support our balance sheet.

[Operator Instructions] There are no further questions in queue. I will now hand it back to Jaap for closing remarks.

Okay. Then I think we have been very clear and also this morning, obviously, with Steven's call. So thank you, operator, and thank you all for joining this call today. The Investor Relations team is available for potential follow-up questions or else we are looking forward to see you during our investor calls and roadshows in 2026. Have a great day. Thanks a lot. Bye-bye.

Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.

All right. Thank you very much for people on the call as well. I believe you're in listening only mode and we have people here in the room as well from the media here in the Netherlands. I'll say a few words upfront, and then we'll just go into Q&A.

So we had a good commercial and financial results in '25. On the customer side, we grew our primary customers quite a bit. So we had over 1 million primary customers in '25 with 350,000 in the fourth quarter. And if you now look at the total number of customers, but I'm talking private individuals, obviously, over 15 million are now primary out of the 41 million that we have. It's not only the number of customers have increased, but also we have higher business volumes. Lending book in 2025 grew with EUR 57 billion, that's 8% compared to the previous year. And actually, it was double the lending growth we had in 2024.

Clearly, we [indiscernible] the bigger lenders in the European economy. And we have EUR 376 billion in mortgages, around [indiscernible] business banking, EUR 266 billion in wholesale banking. I just give you this number and the size of the lending book with that, we're also a top 3 mortgage provider in Europe at least. And also when we talk about deposits, including savings and current accounts, the total amount of deposits grew in '25 with EUR 38 billion, 6%. So in aggregate, our total balance, which is lending grew on average about 7%, 8% lending, 6% deposits. And of course, we also continue to attract investment customers. You know that we want to diversify. We do a lot in lending or everything with interest, but we want to, of course, do more with customers. So we have a more balanced business profile. And an example of that is investment customers. So now we do have a total of assets under management and e-brokerage banking specialists.

Question, of course, is do you do that in your own umbrella or do you just to sell. So asset under management is more -- asset management term and more what we do is just sell or provide access to shares or funds to buy. So that's why we say it's assets under management and e-brokerage at about EUR 270 million, which was [indiscernible] increase of 60% compared to before. So it just shows you that we're growing very fast. We also come from a relatively small base. So that's why it's also [indiscernible]. And then we go to the income side. So we said customers, business income. So interest income over the year was good, which held up well. Please note that we still had some headwinds from a lower replication volume on the liability side went down and therefore, your replication also going down on the liability side. So we went through the trough midyear and now we're getting out of it. That's why you saw amongst others doing also lending loans that we had a 5% growth in the fourth quarter. So you see that we're coming out of the trough in liability income.

Fee income grew 15% to EUR 4.6 billion on among those investment products but also in wholesale banking because we're doing more lending but also capital market activities because we in the diversification there as well. Expenses were under control, but that's 4% higher for the full year, but the fourth quarter was flat. So one hand, we need to pay more because of the CLA effects amongst others, and we invest on the other hand, we have operational efficiencies to partially offset that. And the risk costs were in the fourth quarter about the cycle average through the year were a little bit below. So it was about 90 basis points, we say through the cycle about 20 basis points. So nothing, fine there. And we realized a net profit of EUR 3 billion, return on equity 3.2%, capital ratio of 13.1% then we have a dividend that we propose for year-end.

So we're happy with the results of course, but it starts always with the interaction with the customer and how much we have the interaction, I think that is what led to it. So let me stop there and then we can go into all kinds of other things that we can talk about the [indiscernible] results.

I wanted to ask about your [indiscernible] at the end of last year. What can we expect this year to be [indiscernible] sizes or [indiscernible]?

Yes. So we can expect a bit more. So we only started to do that for the first time last year. There are many banks who already did this for many years. It also had to do with the fact that we had to make -- get our models ready. So we got the supervision of the ECB came out of a regime that was more a -- what we would call expert-based models to data-driven models. You see it with amongst others banks who have a [indiscernible] in the Netherlands that we all had to improve our models. We all have to do the year, but I think that the Dutch banks in particular, have to make more data-driven and less only expert based. And that took quite a number of years that you need data.

And when you're ready, you can then also be more precise about which part of that portfolio can you then sell and what does that mean at a lower capital. But if you don't know what the exact capital rate is for that particular loan, you can also say, I'm taking that loan off my book and therefore, I take that capital off my book because the supervisor says, I don't know whether that's the capital that you can take on your book. So now we speak the same language in terms of what we sell, it's also clear how much capital release you then get. And therefore, we started with this for the first time now last year in November when we did 2 of these, but we will continue to do that in '26 and beyond. And we said that the impact of these trades in '25 was 12 basis points and 0.12% on our CET1 release. And therefore, we have more room.

And this year, we expect that the trades that we will do will release 15 to 20 basis points, 0.15% to 0.20% in '26. And then we are gradually developing that muscle. It's also, by the way -- and we also are going to develop the muscle in retail as well. I don't expect many of these trades to happen in retail because it's always a balance between risk return what you keep a risk return what you sell. And the risk return in retail is very good. So if you sell it, you also sell a return. So we try to do it there where someone else likes to return better. We like to return less, and you can play with it in the market. But it also, especially in this day [indiscernible]. So we see higher growth. We see higher lending growth and higher deposit growth.

But with that growth, you also need the ability to grow because that growth comes with capital. So that also means that you want to have more flexibility to also to have a [indiscernible] that you can release capital that you can grow with customers. If some time you're full and the customer call you [indiscernible], well, I'm sorry, I'm full because you want [indiscernible] go to the next door. So that's why we have always been very much a credit-driven bank. So [indiscernible] cash flow that we keep on our balance sheet, but that also has its limitations because at some point, if the growth in the market is faster, you cannot respond to the demands of the market where you say, well, I can't grow any faster with my capital. That's why it's also good to trade.

And you said that Dutch banks are -- as far as other European banks in changing the risk model from expert today [indiscernible] to explain?

Yes. So what you typically saw after the ECB came in and the ECB works with data-driven. So in the past, [indiscernible] joke we come to Central Bank and I said, so what's your loss given default on shipping. So if you lose a ship, what's your loss? [indiscernible] You have the expert on shipping. It's old and gray, it's 30 years of shipping experience, [indiscernible] what do you think [indiscernible]? 20%, 20% so based on that, I'm simplifying the point, then that people say, okay. So in that shipping portfolio, when you lose a ship, you lose 20% of the loan. And why is that? Because the old and gray expert says based on his decades of experience, and that's why I went this way. I don't know.

He isn't looking happy either.

He's thinking of his retirement. So -- but then the ECB came and the ECB is more data-driven supervision. But if you look at the supervision of more Southern European countries, that was also more data driven. So the way that the ECB start to supervise was more akin to Southern European countries and more Northern European countries were more expert based. That's why there are different speeds that's with different banks have to chase into the model of ECB. And if you look at the Dutch banks compared to some -- well, but also other more Nordic banks compared to more Southern European banks, we had more only develop models in the south, they have more standardized models, standardized is the right [indiscernible] it's the same. They had more data-driven models and models [indiscernible] then we have to converge.

Do you think if the whole market is going to those SRTs increasing, what do you think as a market risk for the whole financial sector pushing -- you're getting higher leverage, that's what you put...

Yes. So the Dutch expression is everything with it is not good, except for [indiscernible], so too much so. And that's also the case with an instrument like SRTs. So what the risk transfer does, it transfers the risk. It doesn't transfer the loan. So the loan is on your balance sheet, but you transfer the risk with it and you still transfer what they call a first loss piece, so you can calculate how much the initial loss will be [indiscernible] transfer. And therefore, your capital goes down, right? But it's not a holy grail, but it -- because it means that someone takes that risk. If the loan expires and we extend the loan, we go again back to this person, you still want to have that SRT with us, yes sure we'll do it again, right? And so as long as that works, it's a progressive [indiscernible]. But if the music stops, you get the loan back in your balance sheet. So if the guy or girl there says, sorry, we were full or we don't want to do it anymore, for renewing this, oh, sorry, he has to take it back.

So with these instruments, you always need to make sure that what is the market capacity, never make yourself dependent on one instrument only. And it's like everything with the bank, it's always about diversification. Diversification of risk in portfolios, countries, type of businesses but also diversification of how you call it, insurance instruments, SRTs, CPRI, which is insurance, ECAs extra credit agencies. You also there need to diversify to make sure that you're not dependent on one element when some -- when there is a market dislocation and therefore the whole market says freeze, and then everything comes back in this gives to your balance sheet. So you need always to balance that. Now if you look at ING, we're only starting.

So we are -- if you look at the -- there's reports of brokers that look at how much SRTs the European -- we may have been doing, and you see amount, amount, amount. Plus all the way on the right-hand side, you see the Dutch banks. So that is -- does it in itself pose a big risk for ING? No, but we're always cognizant of if this goes too far, what does that do.

[indiscernible]

Experts, yes.

Trying to understand what's [ there ].

Yes. Because those experts, they know best how it works. But if you didn't ask the experts, so do you have any data to substantiate that? That's what I'm saying. I mean, look at me, 30 years of experience. What do you want? So...

You write something about the investment product offering. Could you maybe paint some color on that in the different countries you work on and on the success in the different countries?

So I think maybe let me go back to, let's say, ING Direct because we started ING Direct 25 years ago, and then we basically said the concept of, let's say, Postbank -- that was a telephone bank in the '80s, and then it gradually became a digital bank. We said there also seems a need for that in other countries. Our predecessors said that. That's why we started to go in the other markets because there were no banks with no branches and just digital, and we said, well, apparently, there's a lot of demand for it because many people don't want to go anymore to a branch.

And then the focus was let's just do savings. So we are the other bank. We are not their first bank. We are the other bank. So if you have additional money and you don't know what to do with it, open an account with ING, going to be very low price. It's going to be simple, going to be a very simple bank, not too difficult in all these contracts. It's going to be a few clicks on the app. We're going to make a good app. And you just put in the saving. We give you good rate. And then we are going to invest that saving in our replication portfolio that we also make good rate [ there ].

That worked very well in a number of markets, and then some markets, it did not. And [indiscernible] sell some countries, but in a number of markets, it worked very well. At some point, of course, in the retail side, a very important thing happened, which is the financial crisis hit. And what did that mean is that the interest rates went down and became, at some point, even negative. And the long-term interest rate became equal, and the interest rate curve became flat.

So that business model, if you're very a one-trick pony, doesn't work anymore, at least not in that period. It didn't really work for 10 years from 2013 on when the interest rate became low and negative in 2021, '22. If you would say at that point, shall we start a business model and then do this, I would say this is very bad business model. And so it is that we already had it for a long time and of course, [ greatly it comes in ]. But it shows the weakness of that business model. And so we said, look, we are growing up. We need to become more of impactful. That's why we talk about impact and relevance. We really need to become a main bank for the customers. Yes, primary customer but really [indiscernible].

In that setting, all these 10 retail banks that we kept eventually, so 9 of them in Europe and 1 in Australia, we all -- the concept was all the same. So it's all orange. It's all lion. It's all the marketing. It's all savings. It's all digital only, mobile first. The concept was the same. But how they build it? We said -- so the entrepreneurship was very important. You know the local market best. We can't see that from this market that you do it in the best possible way. You tell us how you do it. I mean look at the deposit rates, the way we once talked about. They'd happily say, yes, the core rate here is lower compared to other markets we're with, core rate plus fidelity premium or the work with longer-term rates. Every market works differently. It also goes for how do you employ your bank. So same concept, different execution.

So also when we start the investment products and we said, okay, let's then diversify. Let's open not only savings account but also current account because when you have a current account that people put their salary on it and then you do main business with. Let's do mortgages or let's do investments. But the way we developed it in all the markets which is different. Okay. There's a mic on your app. We have a different infrastructure platform behind it. We have a different provider of these assets because we don't -- typically don't provide them. We just sell it. So BlackRock and Goldman Sachs and [ EQT ] and all these, and obviously the French one, Amundi.

And so we have -- they have the products. We say, well, we want to package it for these type of customers. Then they will do that, and then we will distribute them in every market in a different way; in every market, different platform, so physical infrastructure platform; in every market, a different execution agent. Someone has to do these trades and in different markets, different reporting.

So then you say, well, can I then see an overview of that. Sure. In every market, you do it differently. So why not? And so only gradually, so where we now really say, guys, we really diversify because also cultural shifts in the bank, we said, hey, that's funny. You can these days also buy one infrastructure platform. It can be just one. We know that. It can be one execution agent. You can do one same of reporting. So we move to much more scalability in this product. So that's another comment to your answer.

Then, markets were also differently in terms of it is more just -- sorry, the second thing that we did is that we were largely only doing what we call execution only, what they call brokerage. We said now here's the app. And you want to invest or go to the app? Yes, you can invest, and we have a number of funds and bonds and [ God knows what ]. And so good luck with it. But then people come in and say but I want to have -- my father passed away. He has a house and there was also a portfolio, and I want advice. Go to the app. Three clicks, you can invest.

And so for many people, they said, yes, but I have more bespoke needs than just simple ING [indiscernible] Postbank, simple, easy, everything the same, no thrills, no frills. But if you move up into the investment space and nowadays, you see many more people do that because the pensions cannot cope with it anymore. More people say, yes, but only investing and getting an app is not reason enough. I need some type of advice depending on what situation. So we also need to move up. So initially, we very much focused on distribution brokers only going through the app, and increasingly, we need to move up in terms of more bespoke for different customer segments.

If you look at the markets where we are the biggest, in Germany, we are very big. And so of the 5 million customers, we're quite big in Germany, and we're growing. We're quite big in Belgium. We're quite successful in Spain, and we're now growing in Italy and the Netherlands.

And it's horses for courses. And what do I mean with that? Why we were in Germany so successful? Because we -- ING is being seen as a very good digital bank and really differentiates itself from other banks being the digital bank in the German market. And therefore, when people said, well, I want to invest in an easy way, ING is digital. So the reason why people started to work with ING in the first place was because of that digital element. The same is the case in Spain.

In Belgium, people invest typically much more. So it's much more in the genes of the people to invest. You know the saying, the people are born poor and die rich because of our banking system. In Belgium, people are being born rich and dying poor because they spend more. So -- but there is a difference. The wealth is divided in different ways. So there's different ways to do things. So they invest earlier to save money for a rainy day. And therefore, Belgium is, of course, also a big investment market.

But gradually, you see also in markets like the Netherlands that it is growing because people do see, okay, we have a lot of savings. Savings rates are relatively low. The inflation has come down, but people have seen what it does if inflation gets higher for a long period. You will see that the pension systems are changing. So we need to -- and I think that has been a conservative stance of many companies in Europe. We need to also realize it's good to be conservative and risk minded when it comes to the price. And we need to see how we balance that with balanced long-term savings and investments in different markets. That's why you see different [ speed limits ].

You say that in Germany, Spain, ING is still the digital bank. I saw some reports that maybe ING is also maybe an incumbent if you look at Revolut or other banks like Revolut. Do you notice that Revolut has a big uptake in Gen Z? And is that a risk for you?

Yes. I think that we compete with all kinds of competitors. So in Asia, I think 25 years ago, although the term neobank did not exist as yet, but then ING was basically the neobank. That word would be there because we were the first one to introduce digital easy services, no branches. And we kept a very small service. So we said it's simple, not all kinds of deep products in the market. We just do only 1 or 2 products, so that for those particular products, you go to ING, not for everything else because that is -- that will be complicated.

I just told you the story that we had a complicated bank because we -- at some point, we had to say we're not too big. We need to do something else. We make a [ subsidiary bank ]. So we compete with incumbents that are more branch-based models that move to digital, and we compete with new neobanks that are either focused on international payments, FX, like Revolut or doing investments like Trade Republic or N26. So they all do the same as we did. We carve out a niche. They become very good with the niche. There are all other niche in many markets, and then they [indiscernible].

Our challenge is to grow up, to get out of, let's say, puberty. That means that -- and in the meantime, by the way, we build our own legacy. We built our own core banks in the different markets, much more digital than other banks have. But still, we have no legacy. So we are, on the one hand, working on decommissioning that legacy and going to the next step, cloud-based environments, make our core banks much smaller. In the past, the core banks, especially with the IBM mainframe [indiscernible], whatever, AS/400 systems. I don't even know how they look, but they just tell me...

They were big. Saw them in the archives.

Here, we go. Yes, they were very big. But also, they have anything -- everything is put on top of them, product, service, KYC. And so everything is stitched up. So you can say, well, can we just decompartmentalize. No, no, no, don't touch it. Everything is linked. So it's almost like a spaghetti of some -- well, let me say, small systems. But you cannot say, oh, yes, that's how it is and no, no, no. So as long as you keep that mainframe plus system, you're where you are.

We already built most of our core banks on the cloud. So we have big [ on the ] cloud. But even in the setup of cloud, at least virtually, we built similar core banks, albeit virtually but still linked together. The new core banks that we're building are much more simple, only [ for ] client administration and everything else is modular. Then, you can make these things much more global. That was not how the bank even virtually was built in the past. So we are more digital than incumbents. There are things we can learn from the neobanks like whatever they are doing now. So on the one hand, we have the depth, the trust of the customer, and we need to retain the agility of the neobanks. That's currently the phase in which we're in.

[indiscernible] I read a report [indiscernible]...

[indiscernible] newspaper.

[indiscernible]

You wrote it?

[indiscernible]

What bad article was that?

The big challenge is in countries that are more upcoming.

More upcoming?

Well, if you look at the countries we're banking, you use the [indiscernible]. R&D was like [indiscernible]. At the moment that you are maybe new to [indiscernible] a little bit in terms of the new banks around [indiscernible] and are there -- do you share their worries about [ this budget on R&D ]?

Sorry, let me get it straight. You guys write an article, and now you want me to quote your article.

No, not really.

No, no, [indiscernible]

[indiscernible]

Yes, yes. So I think -- well, let me put it this way. So we are able to grow very quickly. So our growth, if you now look at our growth, has been bigger than the last couple of years. And so I do not see myself constrained in our growth. Our biggest challenge is to deepen and broaden the activities with our customers. So we were, in many markets, a relatively small bank. So although you can see that we increased our primary customers from, whatever, 40 million to 50 million.

To become the real primary bank, it basically needs -- you want to be the #1 or #2 bank of customer. And in the Netherlands, for example, in retail, we typically use one bank, [indiscernible] why pay another EUR 30 for another bank? So that's what makes lives complicated. In other countries, depending on the country, people use few more banks typically. Maybe that will change as well. I don't know.

But our challenge is to broaden and deepen the activity for the customer and at the same time, I think to your point, to also compete with digital innovators. So we need to do 2 things. First of all, where we -- where the experience of the digital innovators is better than ours, we need to close the gap. And you still see that. And that's why we talk about that. If you look at our Net Promoter Score in 5 [indiscernible] markets where we're seen as having the best customer experience in half the markets we're active and in other markets, we are top 3. It's not to say about the score, but it's about continuous focus on making your processes easier, more instant, less steps, how the customers perceive it.

And I think there, we also take, let's say, innovation from the digital innovators because they do things that we said, oh, yes, that, we haven't seen before. And what we take from the incumbents is how do you now convert the relationships that you have and do more business with customers.

So are they challenging? Yes, of course, they're challenging, but the incumbents are also challenging but on different fields. So do I see growth slowdown? No. Do I see that there are share competitors? Yes.

And do you think that you will be able to close the digital [indiscernible]?

Yes, because, I mean, look, it's all about digital journeys. And so you can measure these journeys individually. And so for example, we introduced a subscription package in -- approach. And that's -- by the way, that's not about digital journey. That's more about the approach to market.

So a number of these neobanks, they work with subscription packages, a little bit a la Spotify. So you don't take an account you used to get a subscription package. And if you want this type of Spotify account or, whatever, FIFA account, you get these services. If you want more extended services, they pay this, and then you get [ SO ]. They do bundles if you will.

Now that's also a different way of, let's say, of focusing on subsegments in our markets. Which subsegment wants which service? And remember, ING, that we came from that Postbank mentality. It is a one-size-fits-all mentality. So we want to make things very easy, instant, personal, relevant. But to be honest, that was the mantra. But to be honest, we were very easy and instant but not necessarily personal, relevant. We just said, like I said, with that -- no joke with that investment proposition. Now it's 3 clicks. We're the easiest. I said, yes, but -- it's fine, but I have a specific problem. But my problem is 3 clicks.

And so to be much more specific to whether it's Gen Z or affluent or pensions or expats and therefore, really tailor your service and for example, also subscription package is also what you see with neobanks are doing. They focus on a niche or subsegment that says I'm going to be the best in this particular subsegment. And what we need to do is to specify the needs of subsegments in our customer base. That's what we're currently doing to look at that -- sorry, to introduce that, and that's why we have -- for example, next to improvement of digital journeys, also brought these packages, for example, Romania. We will roll it out in other markets as well.

[indiscernible]

Yes. That's always the case. So there's always -- also incumbent banks that are now -- look at some European banks or American banks. They are going to market to go into a retail space or to SME. So it's not only the neobanks. There's fierce competition, and therefore, it never stops. It's all about how do I get to the next level of the best customer experience to be ahead of competition. And that didn't stop with becoming a telephone bank. That didn't become -- didn't stop with becoming a bank that have an app. That didn't stop with being a bank that now has most of its processes, STP end to end. And now people go to the next level and say, okay, how do I make my journeys more bespoke and how do I use GenAI to make it even more personable as well. That will continue.

Question about since you touched on Germany [indiscernible]

Yes, that -- I think that -- so coming back to what [ Eva ] asked more broader story, so with this ING Direct, we were a very small bank. And also in Germany, where we started ING-DiBa or it was DiBa at the time. We were a savings bank effectively and gradually moving into a bank with current accounts. Then, we moved to mortgages, and then we moved into a bank with a trading account like we now have.

Still, if you look at more incumbent operations, which we already started a long time ago, so like in this country in Belgium with all the predecessors of ING, 100 -- some 150 years ago, we became full-fledged banks, so like we have here, for example. That means that in countries like in Germany, we do not have a number of services.

By the way, we do have consumer lending but very much focused on only a few segments. We don't have SME. That's, by the way, why some of these new banks going to SME, because SME, especially self-employed, is also very digital. So there's a natural progression from a person who banks with you as an individual to a person who banks with you as a self-employed business, right? It's the same account, the same processes and similar KYC.

And so it's a natural progression, so therefore, doing credit, consumer credit but also doing credit or current accounts with self-employed SME. That's why we started a digital SME bank in Germany. I don't think there is a good digital SME bank in Belgium -- in Germany, and that's why we are developing it because we're with the digital. So we use that angle to actually now say, okay, how do we now do this in very good ways for self-employed and SME. But that takes a long time. And so this morning in the analyst call, people asked, okay, how big is it now when compared to others. But yes, we're a...

How big is the SME bank?

In Germany?

Yes.

It's small. So yes, but we have a EUR 1.1 trillion balance sheet, so in total, in aggregate. We started with 0 in SME. And what you then do, you first -- especially with self-employed and SME, the most important thing for self-employed people is not the lending. It is the current account payments. They don't borrow their money. They just want to have current account. They want to make payments. They want to send invoices to their customers. They need to pay to their suppliers. That's how they start.

And of course, when they then make revenue for a longer time, then, okay, they get opportunity also to borrow money. So -- but if you look at the pyramid of mid-corporates -- sorry, SME, in terms of number of clients, it start with self-employeds -- this is for my own amusement. So the self-employed is, let's say, a very big group of clients.

They have SME, [indiscernible] EUR 250 million revenue. If you look at the revenue in terms of what they make for customers is, of course, very small. And moreover, these ones are more about payments than these ones about lending, these ones are about lending.

So these ones, which is a very large group, we need to really serve well in what they do in payments and supply chain and invoicing. Now that's what we need to do first. When we look at the growth of number of customers, I think that last year, the third biggest country in which we grew the number of business banking customers was the highest -- was the third highest in Germany. So high growth in number of customers, high growth in deposits so they first bring in the deposits because they have an account, the deposits. And that's where we see that we are growing quickly, but we grow from a very small base.

But what then I was just checking out [indiscernible].

Yes. So it's not in that sense come to the main question. So therefore, if we can accelerate our growth, private banking or consumer lending or business lending, we will do that because then we can do it a lot quicker because before it becomes sizable will take a number of years.

We are looking at a number of players, by the way, in many markets. And we haven't come in these markets to an acquisition because it needs to fit from a cultural point of view. I don't want to disrupt the high autonomous growth that we have because we have good autonomous growth. And when you certainly acquire something, everybody will look inside, okay, we don't need to restructure to integrate. It also needs to make sense from a return perspective.

So in that context, we're looking at things. And yes, if that doesn't fit, I'm not going to do it. So M&A is not the goal itself. M&A is a means to [indiscernible].

[indiscernible].

I don't think it will change substantially. I think that what is important. First of all, I think from a societal point of view, it is important that we, as a society, including [indiscernible] government and also banks think about how do we make sure we take care of everybody. And so the large majority of the country can take well part of society, but there are always part of society that cannot and that requires extra care. And I agree with that.

So for example, also if you look at -- and that's not per se a banking problem, but banks are also involved in it. If you look at, for example, our digital society, our society is very digital and the Netherlands is more digital than a number of other societies and brings many benefits, but it also leaves people behind or there are some people that have more difficulty in becoming part of the society because they find difficult [indiscernible] cannot find their way into the system.

And therefore, there are all kinds of initiatives to just see, okay, do we need to help people online or can we together educate with other industries and the government, by the way, to become more digital to make it easy for them or to teach-ins to continue to be part of society.

Same goes for a number of SMEs. How can we make sure that we do not behind that. That I think, is part of that conversation. But at the same time, we need to be mindful about is that in this case as banks, we also have our obligations from, let's say, in our perspective. And the question that we then need to ask ourselves is how do we make sure that we also keep society safe while enabling people to take part, that should be the case...

[indiscernible].

There always is. So there is always a question between accessibility, data privacy and safety. And it's for politicians to guard that balance and for us to say to give input on, okay, if you make this choice, this will be the consequence. Now it's upon you to weigh those interest to see where you want to be. And I think that's going to be the case.

[indiscernible].

Yes. The coffee shops [indiscernible] within that, there is a question about can you categorically exclude or not. And I think that increasingly, there is a view that [indiscernible] so well. But why is that because [indiscernible] judge or audit or get the information of each individual clients on an individual basis rather than saying, well, all people who have these type of companies or all people starting with the letter as we don't want to have. And so it comes back to, let's say, sort of a universal service obligation that basically said, okay, get there for you categorically exclude [indiscernible].

And at the same time, you need to answer a question, okay. But we do statistically know that there is -- there can be more fraud, money laundering, terrorism financing activities taking place because some processes enable that. So that also then does something to the requirements that you have on an AML and fraud prevention perspective.

And then within that, I think we are maturing that discussion now in this country, I think that's good, which is about, let's take one step back, is what we're trying to do with each other, is it really the right thing? Don't solve anything. So do I agree that banks have to pay their [indiscernible] people role in AML [indiscernible]? Of course, I do. Do I agree that we should have done more than we did 10 years ago? Of course, I do.

And then we need to see that are we then what we're doing, is that very effective or not?

No, not really. So -- and that is because we have applied all of us as a society. So the pendulum swung in a certain way at some point. I think we're there now that say, aren't you [indiscernible] sake of time, but you asked me to. So let's now discuss together, and this is not finger pointing. We need to solve this as banks, the Central Bank, the lawmakers, the privacy authority.

Let's jointly take a step back. And by the way, we do have roundtables now with the Minister of Finance with that say, are we doing the right thing? Is this enough risk-based? Should we focus more on more risky elements and spend less time on less risky elements and therefore, make sure that what we do, we focus that effort on higher risk and less on low risk. And will that then be -- will we then be completely insular of nothing happening? Of course, not. Society -- as a society, we take risk every day. I mean we don't want to have risk, stop driving. So let's not have for us. So -- but we, as a society, have taken a conscious choice to take certain risks because that's how we want to live.

But I think the balance in this case has to become completely insular against money laundering risk that is impossible. And therefore, the best way to actually fight it is focusing on the higher risk. I think that's a good direction.

[indiscernible].

And now we are more in talks I guess through media and the courts in that regard. So [indiscernible] said that they -- already 2 years ago, said that they would start the court case against ING. A year ago, they filed that court case against ING and then it took some time and then we got, of course, their information and now it is upon us to respond to that. So you see how drag out these cases are. So we are about to respond in the next month or so in terms of the change that they make.

Next month...

[indiscernible] then there -- and I think in the end and we've said that we want to play our role in having a more sustainable society. So I think that the goals that we have are similar, but I think that we differentiate quite a bit in the way how to get there. And we believe very much that we need to do this in a transitionary path that we need to do it with clients, that we need to enable clients to take on new technologies that takes time to build economical models. It takes time to make yourself less dependent on fossil fuels, and we can't stop overnight. If that's what people want, that's just impossible and it's also realistic.

And if that people say, well, we want to have that judgment to be made by Boards. That's one of the ways we can have these agreements, and that's one that we have these agreements to be -- come to fruition for us and again, and that's why I want to focus on that, much more important to focus on how can we help customers. I'm actually quite happy, I mean, with all the geopolitical tension going on and talks about whether fighting climate change is good or bad or whether you should invest in windmills or not and had it all the geopolitical -- there's a lot of noise around that. But in the meantime, if you look at our sustainable volume mobilized, which is sustainability loans that we did ourselves that we underwrote or [indiscernible].

So let's say, it's an indication for activity rose from about EUR 140 billion to EUR 166 billion this year, which is more than the target we set in 2007 and also in the U.S. And so I know...

And how much [indiscernible] loans are?

We have EUR 750 billion. It's not only loans. It's also bonds, [indiscernible] markets. So you cannot compare it to the [indiscernible].

But let me put it this way, it's -- I don't have that because I need to look at all the -- I don't know that. But it's quite a significant topic in our conversation with customers. So it's not like our site business. Let me give you one example where you can see that it's also -- because the activities are, for example, renewable energy, so windmill, solar panels or new forms of electricity, batteries, for example, or circular economy like textile that is being reused. So those are all different forms of sustainability.

In terms of renewable energy, which is very much the only element which is about, okay, what did you finance on projects that are really about renewable energy, which is solar and wind and hydro and hydrogen, we made a commitment whereby we said that we want to grow the portfolio from EUR 2.5 billion annually to EUR 7.5 billion per annum by 2025. The figure for 2025 was EUR 9 billion. So we almost quadrupled it. And obviously, we want to do that in a sustainable way so that we also can make money of it. So how do we do it in a way that economically, it works also well for the client and for us.

So I just showed you that also renewable energy becomes a bigger part of the energy production. And I think that's very good. I think the biggest challenge remains is how can we get new technologies find us, how can we [indiscernible] transition phase, how can we make sure that the entire society [indiscernible], for example, contracts for differences, temporary subsidies, [indiscernible] for certain factories that everybody needs to position at the same time.

All those things will help industries to transition. And I see that more is happening. And for us, that's the most important thing because that's about where can you really make the impact, well, not in court, but with the customers. That's [indiscernible].

[indiscernible].

[indiscernible] many people, most of the people that work with ING are working in operations or in technology. 60% of our staff. I'm not even talking about risk management [indiscernible], if you will. And I think it's good.

Look, we want to be very good -- we want to be the best European bank. We want to be a strong bank that I want to hire the best talent. And for that, we need to compete in the market. And to be able to compete in the market, I want to be able to compete with -- not with our hands tied behind our back. And that means that when we hire a significant amount of our staff, we compete with technology companies, operational companies whereby people say, I want to have a very good experience, and I want to see how one of the elements that I want, which is a decent proposition also I can compare with other players. And we can't explain all the [indiscernible].

So yes, so I think this is a good direction that we take because it helps us in hiring better staff.

[indiscernible].

Yes. Look, I mean, the question is always, do people believe a variable pay or not? Is that a good instrument to motivate people or not. But clearly, if you are in a situation whereby you want to compete with other organizations for talent, you want to have flexibility in how you structure also a payment package. And when you say, well, others have more options, and we have limited options, that is limiting you. And it's quite unconvincing to go to someone, well, but if you work for I, you just earn less, then we need to structure differently.

That's only one, let's be honest. I can't say to someone, no, I come here to work for ING, but you just get less because we have a different remuneration system, you guys structure your remuneration system differently or you pay you more fixed. So of course, it gives you also more flexibility. And by the way, it gives you also more direct performance measure with the variable pay. But I think it's more important that we get more flexibility in how we can attract talent.

I have a question about defense exposure. Is bank looking decreasing [indiscernible] and are you hiring [indiscernible]?

We build -- so first of all, the answer is yes, we're growing quite quickly in our defense exposure. Again, there are different speeds in different markets in Europe. Poland, for example, is growing very quickly. Our exposure is at least a couple of billion. And we have well, we have -- since a year ago, since 2 years from almost 0, we now have between 40 and 50 projects in the pipeline.

[indiscernible].

[indiscernible] billion from almost nothing.

[indiscernible]

[indiscernible] very, very high single digit. If you go from almost 0, then a few billion is. So what you see is that -- some countries are quicker, that can have something to do with the geographical location. If you're further away from where the action is, you may think that you are living in more relative safety than other parts of Europe. Some markets also have a more structure for that.

So in some markets, the defense companies are owned by the state. And therefore, it makes it more they're quicker to act. So we need to defend our country through our own defense companies, which we own that we can also guarantee. And in some markets, there's more juggling around, how do we structure this? How does pay for this? How do we collaborate and it takes longer. We are a European bank. We want to help Europe to build up the European societies want to build up their defense capabilities. And we are a sizable European bank and we want to help them within the limits, of course, of the UN limitations that we adhere to.

So no [indiscernible], no conventional weapons, so that we stay away from. But other than that, we want to help with them.

[indiscernible].

Yes. Well, we have -- so when we said we were really going to -- it was actually funny, it was the [indiscernible] who pointed this out a few years ago.

[indiscernible].

Yes. Sorry, I didn't want to say that.

I like my colleagues...

So there was a big societal change a few years ago, and there was a meeting [indiscernible] then some of your guys asked the question. So why don't you do as some clients are complaining about you're not doing so much about defense. So that I never heard a question. And then, of course, we start to investigate, okay, there's a clear demand for it and our policies as such may not reflect us so much. But the way we have used those policies for the last decades, if you do so little, start to be more to do something, well, let's not do it. So we don't do this, we do this and if someone comes, we go to this.

So you build sort of a collective memory not to do it unless there is an absolute need. And at some point, it clocks on the system. So you need to really start with the top from the top. We're open. We need to just our policy. So let's make clear what is possible rather than writing down what is not possible. So have a way that you write about it.

And we also then build up a sector expertise, [indiscernible] because you need to build up expertise to understand what are they buying and what are the structures. And if you talk about new technologies, about drones or protection gear, what is it then and who then buys that and what is the business model of that, you need to understand what is actually about.

And how can you collaborate them between governments and actual credit agencies and guarantee providers? How can we do it in an ecosystem, if you like, with transition finance, new technologies basically to understand how does it all work. And that sector of expertise sits in France.

Not many people.

It's only a few people, but those people sit there. But then in each country, we also have a dedicated people who also then only focus on defense and greatly that ecosystem builds on that capability. Same as with TMT or with infrastructure or real estate. You start with a small group, each of the companies which are active, you also have a person to act and gradually, you build up a collective knowledge and then you write sector policies. And based on sector policies, you get the world behind you. So why is the France because France has a more pronounced defense industry. So there are people who by nature know more about defense than people just knowledge of the country about [indiscernible].

Good morning. This is Laura, welcoming you to ING's 4Q 2025 Conference Call. Before handing this conference call over to Steven van Rijswijk, Chief Executive Officer of ING Group, let me first say that today's comments may include forward-looking statements such as statements regarding future developments in our business, expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statement. A discussion of factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement is contained in our public filings, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our earnings press release as posted on our website today.

Furthermore, nothing in today's comments constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities. Good morning, Steven. Over to you.

Thank you very much, operator. Good morning, and welcome to our results call for the fourth quarter of 2025. I hope you're all well, and thank you for joining us today. As usual, I'm joined by our CRO, Ljiljana Cortan; and our CFO, Tanate Phutrakul. And today, I'm proud to walk you through another year of outstanding commercial growth and financial performance driven by [audio gap] and I will also share our updated and upgraded outlook for 2027, which further underlines the strength and resilience of our business. After that, Tanate will give you more insight into our income and cost expectations for 2026 and present the quarterly financials. And as always, we will be happy to take your questions at the end of the call. And with that, let's now move to Slide 2.

This slide highlights the continued commercial momentum we saw in the fourth quarter with outstanding growth across all key markets. We added more than 350,000 mobile primary customers during the quarter, bringing total growth for the year to over 1 million, fully in line with the ambitious target we set at our Capital Markets Day. Loan growth was also robust with absolute growth doubling versus the prior year and resulting in an 8.3% increase since the start of the year. In the fourth quarter alone, Retail Banking delivered EUR 10.1 billion in net core lending growth, driven mainly by residential mortgages. Wholesale Banking added EUR 10.3 billion, supported by strong demand in lending and working capital solutions as our clients' financing needs increased.

We also saw healthy deposit development. Core deposits rose by EUR 38.1 billion for the full year or 5.5%. In the fourth quarter, Retail Banking contributed EUR 11.3 billion, benefiting from targeted campaigns and normal seasonal inflows and Wholesale Banking recorded a small net outflow, mainly due to lower short-term balances in our cash pooling activities. Fee income also continued the positive trends. For the full year, fees grew by 15%, supported by continued customer growth and increased cross-sell, essentially doing more business with more customers. And the fourth quarter also included a one-off benefit of EUR 66 million.

All of this translated into very solid financial results. Our return on equity for 2025 was 13.2%, well above the guidance provided at the start of the year. And finally, we remain fully committed to supporting our clients in their sustainability transitions. Our total sustainability volume mobilized reached EUR 166 billion for the year, representing a 28% increase versus 2024. Now let's move to the next slide to look at how the commercial momentum drove our financial performance. On Slide 3, you can see that commercial NII remained very strong at EUR 15.3 billion.

This result was supported by the significant increase in customer balances, both on the lending side and in liabilities. The volume growth largely offset the expected margin normalization. Fee income was also strong, increasing 15% compared to 2024, and they now account for 20% of total income. And this reflects structural drivers such as customer growth and increased cross-sell. Investment products performed particularly well with strong increases across all metrics, the number of customers, assets under management and the number of trades.

And taken together, the strong NII and fee performance fueled total income growth, which reached a record level for the third consecutive year. And with that, let's now move to Slide 4. On this slide, we highlight actions taken to strengthen operational leverage, reinforcing our disciplined approach to cost management. We continue to invest in growth and diversification while increasingly leveraging new technologies. We were able to offset these investments by enhanced operational efficiency as the model becomes more scalable. In 2025, for example, we reduced customer friction by increasing the share of customer journeys handled without any manual intervention.

We also introduced our chatbot in several retail markets, providing customers with faster and more accurate answers in their questions and resulting in annual savings as a large part of the chats are resolved without any human support. These improvements have contributed to a customer experience that is highly appreciated as reflected in our strong NPS positions across all markets. In retail banking, we maintained our #1 position in 5 out of 10 markets. And in Wholesale Banking, we achieved an NPS of 77, demonstrating both the quality of our client service and the value of our continued investments in expertise and sector knowledge. And our investments in scalability are also translating into higher efficiency, and this is visible in our FTE over customer balances ratio, which has improved by more than 7% since 2023.

Then we move to Slide 5, where we show how our robust commercial growth, strong development of total income and proactive cost measures have resulted in strong capital generation. Over the past year, we delivered more than EUR 6.3 billion in net profit, contributing almost 2 percentage points to our CET1 ratio. And of this EUR 6.3 billion, 50% is distributed as a regular cash dividend, offering shareholders an attractive and predictable cash yield. Around 50% of the capital we generated has been used to fund profitable growth across our markets, and this percentage would even have been higher without the steps we took to optimize capital efficiency in Wholesale Banking, such as the 2 SRT transactions completed in November.

Finally, we announced additional distributions to a total amount of EUR 3.6 billion, which also helped bring our CET1 ratio closer to our target level. And on the next slide, I will show how these distributions have resulted in a higher, highly attractive shareholder return. And then we move to Slide 6, where we summarize the total distributions to shareholders, and I will build on what I just discussed. In line with the distribution policy, we have consistently paid cash dividends and have been executing share buybacks for several years. Together, these actions have consistently delivered a highly attractive yield, including in 2025, a year in which our share price increased by almost 60%.

The share buyback program we announced in November is currently underway and is expected to be completed in April 2026. And in addition, we paid out EUR 500 million in cash earlier in January, which helps us to meet the cash hurdle for this year, now finalized at EUR 3.3 billion. Looking ahead, we remain fully committed to delivering strong shareholder returns, and we will provide an update on our capital planning with our first quarter 2026 results. And now starting on Slide 8, I will guide you through how our strategy continues to accelerate growth, increase impact and deliver value.

Now on this slide, I'm talking about Slide 8, we highlight our key strategic priorities supporting our Growing the Difference strategy, building on our successes over the past years. Firstly, we will continue to grow and diversify our income by adding more customers and doing more business with them. And a good example is the further expansion of our investment product offering. We have also introduced a subscription model for retail clients in Romania, and we will roll out this concept in other markets as well, which will help grow income from daily banking services. Our affluent customer base continues to grow rapidly, and we see further growth potential, and we're targeting this with dedicated propositions designed specifically for their needs.

We're also stepping up our engagement with younger generations. For example, we introduced new products for Gen Z, including an investment fund focused on improving financial awareness within this group. And in business banking, we successfully launched our propositions in Italy and Germany, where we are seeing strong and ongoing customer growth. And in Wholesale Banking, we are expanding our range of fee-generating capital-light products to support sustainable and diversified revenue growth. Now secondly, we will further improve our operational leverage by scaling processes, people and technology while maintaining strict cost discipline to further utilization and scale of Gen AI will enhance efficiency and will help us to reach our FTE over customer balances target ahead of schedule.

Finally, we remain firmly focused on generating strong capital going forward, and our allocation priorities are well defined in that regard. We will maintain an attractive shareholder return supported by a 50% payout policy. Secondly, we will continue to invest in value-accretive growth, diversify income streams as fund the loan book and a capital-efficient way and consider M&A opportunities that meet our criteria. And thirdly, we will return any capital structurally above our CET1 target to shareholders. We will also further increase the capital we allocate to retail banking and optimize the capital usage in the Wholesale Bank and note that we have already increased the capital allocated to retail banking to 54%.

And with our strategy, we are confident in our ability to become the best European bank. And with this confidence, we have raised our expectations for the coming years. And then we move to Slide 9. And then I'll present our outlook for '26 and '27. And for 2026, we expect total income of around EUR 24 billion, and this outlook is supported by continued volume growth and an anticipated 5% to 10% increase in fee income. Total operating expenses, excluding internals -- sorry, incidentals are projected to be in the range of EUR 12.6 billion to EUR 12.8 billion. We will continue to manage our CET1 capital ratio at a target of around 13%.

And in addition, we will transition from a return on equity metric to return on tangible equity. And for the full year 2026, we expect an ROE of 14% and ROTE to be higher than 14% and note that the delta between the 2 metrics was around 40 basis points, 40 basis points in 2025. Then looking ahead at 2027, we are introducing a new outlook for total income. We now expect it to exceed EUR 25 billion, which is at the upper end of our previous target range. This income number includes a higher fee income outlook, which we now expect to exceed EUR 5 billion in 2027. And we've moved away from the cost/income ratio and instead provide a clear hard outlook for operating expenses, again, excluding incidentals of around EUR 13 billion, 13.

And this reinforces our continued focus on cost discipline and operational efficiency. And taken together, this outlook translates into a return on equity of 15% and a return on tangible equity of more than 15%. And now I'll hand over to Tanate, who will give more insight on our outlook for 2026 and who will walk you through the fourth quarter financial results in more detail, starting on Slide 10.

Thank you, Steven. As this is the last time I'll talk you through these numbers as the CFO of ING, I'm very pleased that I can close on such a strong result and provide you with an upgraded outlook. On Slide 10, let's start with commercial NII, which will benefit from increasing support from the replication portfolio. We also assume continued customer balance growth of around 5% per year, above the guidance that we gave at Capital Markets Day and reflecting the commercial momentum in our franchises. The liability margin is expected to be at the lower end of the 100 and 110 basis point range, while the lending margin is assumed to remain stable compared to the fourth quarter.

Fees are expected to grow by a further 5% to 10%, building on the strong performance we achieved in 2025. All other income is expected to be around TRY 2.8 billion, excluding incidental items. This is driven by continued strong performance in financial markets, while in treasury, we expect less income from foreign currency hedging given the current lower interest rate differential between the euro and other currencies such as the U.S. dollar and the Turkish lira. Based on the current rate environment, taking 2024 last quarter as a run rate would be a fair starting point. Taken together, total income is expected to reach around EUR 24 billion in '26. And then on the next page, I'll walk you through the drivers behind the expected cost development.

We expect total annual cost to be in the range of EUR 11.6 billion to 11.8 billion, excluding incidental and regulatory costs. The main driver of the increase remains inflationary pressure, which will again predominantly impact staff expenses. We will also continue to make selective investment to support business growth and further improve efficiency, as Steven highlighted earlier. These investment costs will be more than offset by operational efficiencies driven by increased scalability of our processes, people and technology, further utilization and scaling of Gen AI and continued optimization of our footprint.

Given the strong income outlook, this modest cost growth results in a positive jaw for the year. Now let's move to the quarterly financials starting on Slide 13. On Slide 13, you can see that our commercial NII increased driven by very strong volume growth and a slightly higher lending margin, while the liability margin remained stable. Fee income continues its upward trend, driven by customer growth and strong performance in investment products and insurance. This is more than offset by lower fee income in wholesale lending. As a reminder, fee income in the fourth quarter included a EUR 66 million one-off in Germany.

All other income was supported by continued strong results in financial markets, although seasonally lower compared to the previous quarters. As a whole, total income came in 7% higher than the same period last year. Now moving to Slide 14, where we will show the development of customer balances. As you can see, we delivered another quarter of strong loan growth across both retail and wholesale banking. Net core lending increased by EUR 20 billion. Retail banking contributed EUR 10.1 billion, driven by continued mortgage growth. increases across both business lending and consumer lending portfolios.

Wholesale Banking also posted strong growth of AED 10.3 billion, reflecting strong performance in lending and somewhat elevated client demand in working capital solutions. On the liability side, core deposit increased by 9.5 billion. Retail banking drove the bulk of the growth, particularly in the Netherlands, Spain and Poland, which benefited from targeted campaigns and seasonal inflows. Wholesale Banking saw a small net outflow as increased deposit volume in PCM were more than offset by lower short-term balances in our cash pooling business. The other category of deposits were impacted by seasonal reductions in treasury.

On Slide 15, you can see that the commercial NII grew by more than EUR 100 million quarter-on-quarter and was almost 5% higher than last year. Lending NII was up EUR 75 million in the fourth quarter, driven by volume growth and a 1 basis point improvement in lending margin to 126 basis points. The liability NII also increased by EUR 30 million, supported by sustained volume growth in retail banking and higher net interest income from our cash pooling business and PCM in Wholesale Banking. Turning to Slide 16. Fee growth remained strong, increasing 22% year-on-year. Excluding the EUR 66 million one-off retail banking fees in Germany, fees grew by 17% compared to last year.

This was driven by structural factors such as continued customer growth, significantly higher insurance fees and increase in daily banking fees. Investment products also performed really well across several metrics. For example, 9% growth in customers, 16% growth in assets under management, of which roughly half came from net inflows and 22% more trades. Although wholesale banking fees decreased sequentially, wholesale still delivered a strong quarter, supported by solid results in Financial Markets and Corporate Finance. Slide 17 shows the development of all other income. Income in Financial Market is mostly driven by client activity. We continue to support our clients through volatile market conditions, mostly with foreign exchange and interest rate management.

Treasury was impacted by lower results from foreign currency hedging. Next, Slide 18. Expenses, excluding regulatory support growth. The decrease is mainly driven by structural savings from previous restructuring and VAT refunds recognized in the fourth quarter. These effects more than compensated for wage inflation and ongoing investments in customer acquisition and product development, including expanding our offering for new customer segment. Regulatory costs include the annual Dutch bank tax, which is always fully recognized in fourth quarter and then allocated across segments. Incidental item related mostly to restructuring provision for planned FTE reductions in corporate staff and retail banking. Once these are fully implemented, these measures are expected to generate approximately EUR 100 million in annualized cost savings.

When excluding these incidental items, we ended the year with expense below the outlook range we provided earlier. Now let's move on to risk costs on the next slide. Total risk costs were EUR 365 million in the quarter, equivalent to 20 basis points of average customer lending. This is in line with our through-the-cycle average. Net addition to Stage 3 provision amounts to EUR 389 million, mainly driven by individual Stage 3 provisioning for a number of new and existing funds in the wholesale bank. This was partly offset by releases of existing provision due to repayments, secondary market sales and structural improvements. As a result, the Stage 3 ratio increased slightly. For Stage 1 and Stage 2, we recorded a net release of $24 million, reflecting a partial release of management overlays and updated macroeconomic forecast.

Overall, we remain confident in the strength and quality of our loan book. On Slide 20, we show the development of our core Tier 1 ratio, which declined compared to last quarter. Core Tier 1 decreased, reflecting the 1.6 billion distribution that was partly offset by the inclusion of our quarterly net profit. Risk-weighted assets increased by USD 4.5 billion this quarter. Credit risk-weighted assets rose by 1.5 billion, excluding FX impact, driven by volume growth. This was offset by the risk-weighted asset relief from 2 SRT transaction executed in November. Operational risk-weighted asset increased by EUR 2.2 billion, while market risk-weighted asset increased by EUR 0.5 billion.

We'll pay a final cash dividend of EUR 0.736 per share on the 24th of April 2026, subject to our Annual General Meeting's approval. Now I hand back to Steven to wrap up today's presentation.

Yes. Thank you, Tanate. And for the ones who have been here longer with us, this is Tanate's last analyst presentation. We have been knowing each other today for more than 25 years, and we've been in the Board together already for 7 years and more. So thank you very much for working with us all these years. Tanate will still be with us until the AGM of 2025, which will take place in April. But I just want to take the opportunity also here to thank Tanate, also for the friendship, also for the leadership and the sharp mind that you have here with us. And I'll come sure visit you when you're back in Thailand at some point. So prepare for that.

Now we move to Q&A, but let me recap the key takeaways from today's presentation. We have delivered another strong quarter end year, successfully executing our strategy, accelerating growth, increasing impact and delivering value. We achieved a record total income for the third consecutive year. We maintained cost discipline and operational efficiency gains, and they more than offset our investments in business growth. And we delivered another strong year of capital generation and returns, enabling continued attractive shareholder distributions. And with our strategy, we remain confident in our ability to stay on track to become the best European bank.

And with this confidence, we have upgraded our expectations for the coming years with a very strong outlook for 2026 and a more ambitious but realistic outlook for 2027. And with that, I would like to open the floor for Q&A. Operator, back to you.

[Operator Instructions] We will now take our first question from Benoit Petrarque of Kepler Cheuvreu.

All the best. I guess you will not miss the Dutch winter, but in Thailand.

So it's an interesting time to live actually. It's the first quarter I actually see the volume growth benefiting fully the commercial NII as the negative effect of lower interest rates is getting smaller. I was wondering on the guidance of EUR 25 billion total income, what type of assumption do you take on growth? I think you've put somewhere in the slide 5% volume growth. I was wondering if that's the right number, given you are growing actually more than 5%. And also second question is on liability margin assumptions in your more than EUR 25 billion total income. Wondering where you stand on '27 on liability margin.

And then maybe on Wholesale Banking, where are you on the risk-weighted assets growth plan for the wholesale? I think you were planning some optimization there. But I do see wholesale growing quite sharply again in the fourth quarter. So where do you see growth in wholesale going forward?

All right. I'll take -- thanks, Benoit. And yes, Tanate, for sure, will not miss the Dutch winter. Neither would I, by the way, if I would go to Thailand. But in any case, I'm here. If we look -- I will talk about the question about RWA and Wholesale Banking and also -- and then Tanate will talk about the NII and the growth for '26 and '27. So if you look at Wholesale Banking there we have been seeing good lending growth in the second half of this year, and the pipelines are also filled well now. So we want to continue to grow there as well. At the same time, to your point, we did 2 SRTs in November that had an impact of around 12 basis points on our CET1.

For '26 and '27, by the way, we want to continue to do these SRTs. So we have just started with our more improvements that we have been making. So the first ones we did at the end of last year. This year, we continue to do SRTs, and we expect that to have an impact -- a positive impact on CET1 of 15 to 20 basis points, so a bit higher than we realized over 2025. Tanate?

Yes. Thanks, Benoit. I think in terms of the major assumptions we use in terms of giving out outlook, we have assumed 5% balance growth, and you say that, that is potentially conservative given what you see in Q4. I think what Q4 shows us is it gives us more confidence in achieving our target. That would be the first answer. The second one is really what curve did we use in terms of our projection. We use the December curve to do that projection, which is quite constructive in our view. And then the third margins.

I think the 3 impacts that you see is really the continued reduction in the short-term replication negative impact on our results, the continued positive accretion because of long-term replication and the effect of deposit rate cuts that happened in 2025 that affects '26 and will continue to be accretive going into '27 as well. Our forecast for liability margin is on the lower end of the 100 to 110 basis points.

This is also for '27?

I think we don't give that outlook there. But I think if you see the replication on Page 30 that we show, the momentum continues to accrete in '26 and '27.

And we'll now take our next question from Benjamin Goy of Deutsche Bank.

My first question is on loans versus deposit growth. So another strong quarter of loan growth in particular, and I think it's the third quarter where your core lending growth has clearly outperformed core deposit growth. Is that something that you need to work on to be more balanced? Or are you happy to increase your loans faster as there are opportunities? And then secondly, on the costs, for the underlying cost guidance, but there has been historically a bit of incidentals every year. Should that now be smaller than in '25 going forward? Or what's best to assume for the incident that come on top of the cost guidance?

Yes. I think that on the loans versus deposit growth, I mean, if you look at 2025, the loan growth was about 8%. The deposit growth was about 6%, so EUR 57 billion against about EUR 38 billion. We've also seen years where that was the other way around. In the end, you want to balance the balance sheet. So long term, we want to approximately have same growth over a longer period with loans and with deposits. But 1 year can be a bit higher in loans and 1 year can be a bit higher in deposits. I think on both sides of the balance sheet, we see continued good growth with people continuing saving.

Also, if you look at the deposit growth projections macroeconomically in the markets in which we are active, we continue to see that. And we do see significant loan growth in the different segments in which we're operating, most notably mortgages. But there, in the end, we want to balance the balance sheet, and we will always work on that. When we talk about the incidentals, yes, look, we will -- we continue to work on our cost discipline as we do. So on the one hand, we want to grow our customers, and we want to grow and diversify the activities in which we are active. And you've seen us doing that.

We invest in more specific segmentation in existing retail segments. We have been rolling out business banking, for example, in Germany and Italy. We have been investing in diversifying our capital-light income in wholesale banking and transaction services and in financial markets. At the same time, we have seen since 2023, our FTE over balances decreased with 7%, and we believe we can reach our target that we gave in the Capital Markets Day in '24 of a decrease of 10% earlier than we anticipated what we then said in 2027. So we'll work towards this year. So we will work on both levers. But we always do this in a buy-side thing. So what you've seen, for example, with restructuring costs in 2025, those restructuring costs should deliver us a benefit of EUR 100 million in 2026.

And each time that we have a process or area where we can realize better servers, better process optimization, better digitization, better use of Gen AI, then we will announce it because I just want to make sure that front to back, once we announce it, we can execute and we can execute while continuing to grow, and that's how we have been operating for the past 5 years, and we will continue to do so.

And we'll now move on to our next question from Giulia Miotto of Morgan Stanley.

Thank you for your patience answering our questions and all the best for the life after ING. But now I have 2 questions, please. So the cost outlook beyond '26, '26 looks quite a bit better. I think it's encouraging to see operating jaws being able to grow the costs much less than the revenues. Should we expect this trend to continue also in 2027? Consensus has got 3% year-on-year growth. I guess, I don't know what we are seeing could suggest something better than that. And then separately, Steven, I wanted to pick your brain on M&A. We have seen some headlines on Romania, but also Spain and Italy have been in focus in your comments, although we don't see much actions. So any comments on what you're thinking strategically on the M&A front?

All right. On M&A. So look, we show good growth. You see that both in existing activities and also in diversification on the various fronts, both in lending and in fees, by the way, on investment products and insurance. Still, and I've said this before, we've also started with filling in the blanks in countries where we don't have all activities, such as business banking and private banking and certain types of investments in asset management in certain countries. Still, if we can accelerate that growth by means of acquisitions, then we will look at it. You've seen us taking a financial stake in private banking of [indiscernible] last year.

In the fourth quarter, we announced buying the majority and thereby in the end 100% of an asset manager in Poland, integrating that asset manager into ING, we bought that from Goldman Sachs, the 55%. And we continue to look. We don't comment on individual markets. Also in Romania, what I can say is that the business is successful. We have been increasing the numbers of customers that we serve. We have been growing, again, also lending deposits and fees. And we have a very strong return on equity there. We consider ourselves one of the most successful, if not most successful bank in that country. But also there, if we can have opportunities to increase scale or add segments that we do not have, we will look at that as in any other market.

And then the caveat, it needs to fit. It needs to add to that local scale and diversification, and we want it also to be accretive for shareholders, and that's the construct in which we're working and which we are willing to consider M&A. Tanate, the jaws.

Yes. I think given the outlook, we have now turned the corner in terms of positive jaw for '26, and we're confident that we'll continue that positive jaw in 2027. If you look at the 3 drivers of our cost growth in '27, the first one is inflation impact, which we expect that the stickiness of inflation impact should moderate in '27 compared to '26. We will continue to invest in our franchise in client acquisition. In fact, if we can do more, we would do more in terms of accelerating our client acquisition. We have some big programs in terms of investment, financial market infrastructure, payment capabilities, investing in segments that we are not currently present, as Steven has mentioned. And if you have seen in our '26 guidance, we upgraded our ambition in terms of cost reduction from 2% to 3%. So that trend is expected to continue into 2027 as well.

So I take away that probably growth will be more modest than what is to be expected in '27?

You can do your analysis, Giulia. We've given our guidance.

Tanate Didn't even blink when he asked that question.

And we'll now move on to our next question from Tarik El Mejjad of Bank of America.

Tanate, thanks for the very interesting interactions we had all these many years and good luck for what's to come. Just from my side, 2 quick questions, please. With a follow-up one on the liability margins more in 2027. I mean just trying to back solve a bit what market expects, assuming asset margin are quite stable or growing a bit the volumes, we can put your assumptions with even some extra buffers and replicate portfolio, we kind of understand now how it works and so on.

It's just the -- in my view, is it fair really to think that the gap between -- I mean the downside potential risk is for the market expect consensus is too optimistic, perhaps, assumptions of rate cuts or no rate raise in the core saving deposits in '27? Because if you use the forward curve as of December, clearly, you would also take a view on what's your ability to navigate the core savings deposits in Netherlands and other markets. And the second question is on costs is more really to want to understand how you think about the investments because, I mean, you have some headroom now created on the revenue side, higher growth and very comfortable to reach your targets.

And then on the cost, the pressure from salary negotiation should come down with inflation. So that extra headroom, I want to understand how you think about the next 2 years in terms of investments in AI and tech. I mean, yes, you have the machine learning and with the compliance aspect, the Gen AI that you've already started to roll out with some early benefits we see. But what about the next step in AI and tech? And how much of more investments needed to deliver your ambition on that front?

Let me take the question, Tarik, on AI and then Tanate will talk about the margins. Look, I mean, we do clearly see benefits of AI coming through. I mean we have been working with AI already for a decade and then with Gen AI, we work with that in the last couple of years. But there, you see both on, let's say, the -- on the client side and on the operational leverage side benefits coming through. And let me give you a few examples. If you look at [ PI ] onboarding, the STP increased last year from 66% to 79%. So that means that close to 90% of our private individual clients were onboarding through STP. We do end-to-end [indiscernible] delivery. We increased that approvals with 11% last year. So the time to [indiscernible], therefore, improved. We do about 60 million in customer lending without manual intervention. So you see a number of customer benefits coming through.

When we talk specifically about GenAI and also in chatbot, we have better scores, CSAT scores, which are sort of satisfaction scores for our customers. So we do see benefits coming through for GenAI, both on the revenue side, doing more with our customers and having more satisfied customers and on the operational leverage. We do that in 5 areas at current. So we took the 5 big wins that we see starting with contact centers, in IT, coding, in lending, in personalized marketing and in KYC. So those are the big areas. We do these benefits, we see them coming through.

Every quarter, you see announcement, you've seen announcements whereby we say, okay, what impact does it have on our staff, what impact does it have on our operations? And you see it also coming through in FTE over balances. And we're actually quite optimistic on the impact it will have on our operational leverage going forward for '26 and also in 2027. And we will make announcements as we move along and when we can say this is now the next step that we will take, including, of course, good reskilling of our staff and making sure we can grow and continue to grow our franchise sustainably.

And Tarik, to your second question, I think we also see based on the December curve that the accretion and replication in '26 going to '27 and '28 are quite strong. The real debate is what -- how do you balance that additional revenue in terms of margins and in terms of mix, right? And what we see is that we are looking at the dynamics of maintaining growth in customer growth in volumes and making sure that we take into account the level of competition we see in the market.

And if you look pre negative rates environment, ING operated on a liability margin of around 90 to 100 basis points. We have updated our guidance to 100 to 110. And we think we're comfortable with that rate given the balanced dynamics of growth, competition and to be remaining competitive while at the same time, being accretive to our shareholders.

I mean I don't want to put words in your mouth, but basically, to deliver on the consensus or market numbers means that market has to be much more bullish on the volume growth and lending and probably be less positive on the margin side. But I'm just trying to reconcile a bit what your guidance outlook, which is very helpful versus where market is positioned.

And we'll now take our next question from Delphine Lee of JPMorgan.

Also I want to take the opportunity to send my best wishes to Nate, thank you for everything. So my 2 questions. First of all, sorry, I just want to follow up on Tarik and other questions around NII. But -- so if we look at your guidance for 2026, which implies about EUR 600 million increases for liability margins.

But if you look at the repricing actions that you've done in '25, I mean, the impact on '26 is already EUR 700 million. And then on top of that, you have some small benefits from -- well, your replicating income as well on '26 more, but like still. So I'm just kind of wondering like what is your current assumption and in terms of the deposit cost and deposit pass-through from 42% in Q4? And if you could just sort of elaborate a little bit on what are you seeing on competition on deposits at the moment? What do you expect for '26 and onwards?

My second question is on cost. So you've done a good job of trying to kind of contain a little bit of inflation with the savings. I'm just trying -- just trying to understand a little bit if 2%, 3% is really kind of like the run rate that we should expect like even beyond '27. Is that something that you're trying to achieve in the long run? Yes, just trying to understand a little bit the moving parts of that cost number, you've provided this for '26, but even beyond that, like what are the savings? You've mentioned a couple of benefits from FTE reductions, but just kind of trying to quantify a little bit what else can we expect in the long run?

All right. Thank you very much. I think that on the costs, you see the effects of our digitalization and scalability now really seeing take shape. And we saw that now also in the fourth quarter, but also I'm pointing again at FTE over balances. You also now see that when we look at 2026 about the operational leverage and efficiencies that we have compared to the increase in investments. So the operational efficiencies are higher, and that's where we want to be. We want to make sure that when we make additional investments, we can have operational leverage that is higher than that.

So that's maybe a little bit of direction to give you or guidance to give you in terms of where we want to end up. And indeed, therefore, you will see in '26 and '27 improved cost to income to what we have been showing and positive jaws territory that we have now been gotten into and I want to stay in that territory. And at the same time, we continue to want to grow our investments where we can grow our clients for long-term clients and shareholder benefit. But that's a bit of guidance towards the cost. Then Tanate, on the deposit cost of margins?

I think we gave a bit of detail on Page 20 of our presentation showing the movements in terms of commercial NII. I think the lending NII is driven by basically stable margin and approximately 5% loan growth. And similarly, for liability NII, we also assume 5% liability growth. Of that EUR 600 million we show, part of it is due to volume, about half. The other half is through the improvement in margins. As you say, the replication is getting better, but there's some short-term impact that still need to feed through our numbers and the EUR 700 million is factored into that guidance.

And we'll now take our next question from Namita Samtani of Barclays.

The first question I have is on German retail. There's quite a lot of cost growth in 2025 there. I think it's around 11% year-on-year, and it's a lot higher than other regions. So I wondered what are you exactly spending on in Germany? And is this defensive spend given the new players entering the market? And then I think about your liability margin, which is, of course, at group level, but are you telling us that we're at peak earnings for Germany in retail given high expense spend and [indiscernible] spend to gather deposits?

And my second question, based on your updated '27 targets today, the cost to income implied in '27 is maybe 51%, 52%. It's hardly a standout amongst European banks, even ABN is now going to below 55%. I just wondered, given the digital model ING has or aspires to have and the use of AI, what's holding the group back from delivering a better cost to income target?

Yes. Thank you very much. On the cost to income side, our main opportunity is to grow our revenues, our revenues over our client balances, our diversification in Wholesale Banking, our revenues over RWA and as a result, but that's then a consequence of it also that will have a positive impact on our cost to income. But what we need to do, that's why our strategy is called Grow the Difference is grow our revenues because that's where we can make the biggest difference in further improving our returns and then indirectly also our cost to income. And so the digital model has brought us a lot in terms of presence in markets, but that's why we're talking about doing new activities in these markets or doing more with customers in these markets because that is the next step in our evolution, what we're currently doing. Tanate?

Yes. The German cost/income ratio is a robust one despite the increase in investments that we make in Germany. One thing that you have to remember is that the client growth that we have, 1 million customer per year, a very significant portion comes from Germany, which is our main market. So that's why the investments in client acquisition, in creating new products, creating new segments is very strong in Germany. very, very much like the rest of ING seeing a turnaround in terms of the momentum in terms of revenue and cost in Germany. And we do expect that the positive jaw will return to Germany in 2026, while continuing to invest in our franchise, both in terms of the fundamental platforms as well as client acquisition.

And we'll now take our next question from Cyril Toutounji of BNP Paribas.

So I've got 2. One on lending margin. So we had an improvement this quarter, which is welcome and I think pretty good news. And you're saying it's due to mortgages. I'm just curious in which market has happened? And if you can give us more indication whether this can continue maybe a bit? And the second one would be on deposit campaigns. Can you update us on the ongoing campaigns right now? And I don't know if you can give this indication as well, but should we expect more or less campaigns versus the 2025 run rate?

Yes. Thank you, Cyril. I'll take the question on deposit campaigns and Tanate talks about the lending margin. So yes, about the deposit campaigns, look, we have these campaigns regularly. We had them also in the fourth quarter with Black Friday in some markets or in Germany, as they call it Black Friday. So we will continue these campaigns, and we typically see that there's a good response in getting either new money from existing clients or getting new clients in.

And then typically, we see that we get money to stick to around 2/3 of the money that after campaigns will stick with ING and therefore, we can gain new primary customers and increase our deposit levels. So for us, that works well. And what we work on every time is we make them more bespoke to certain customer segments and we make them more data-driven, so we can target them more and more. So we are very happy with the approach we've taken. We are confident about what we are doing, and we will keep on having these campaigns and we make them more bespoke about a year. Tanate, about the margins?

Yes, So I think we are also pleased to see that we have stabilized our lending margin and that it's improved by 1 basis point. And to your specific questions on mortgage margin, it's been stable or increasing across the board. I think some of the markets where the new production margins are improving is in Belgium, increasing in Germany, increasing in Italy and Spain. So it's quite widespread in terms of margin improvement, but we do see a bit of pressure in terms of new production margin in the Netherlands.

We'll now take our next question from Johan Ekblom of UBS.

Thank you for everything, Tanate, and best of luck. Just most questions have been answered. But at the Capital Markets Day, we spoke a lot about the business banking opportunities, and I guess, in particular, in Germany. How should we, from the outside, try and measure your success there? Because it's very difficult to track where you are in terms of the rollout and I guess also when you are expecting to see volumes start to come through in a more meaningful way. So any update on kind of how the business banking rollout in Germany is going would be much appreciated.

Yes. Thank you very much, Johan. Indeed, business banking is one of the levers that we pull to diversify. To give you a few data points, we -- the third largest growth we had in business banking customers in terms of number of customers this year was Germany. So that already shows you that we're starting to grow quite well in Germany. It starts from a very small base, obviously, because we started from virtually 0. So that's one. Two, we also get very good deposits in from our business banking customers in Germany, so also there. So increasingly, that will become more sizable.

But compared to our business banking franchises in the Netherlands and Belgium, for example, of course, it is very minimal because we have EUR 114 billion business banking lending book. And in Germany, we're just starting. So that will take time. But it is almost like you saw with the insurance fees there you see in the fee income line, as an example, it was not even a separate fee line. And there you see step by step by step, it's almost like a snowball. We do more and more and more. And at some point, it will become a sizable business, and that's also what we see happening in business banking in Germany.

And we'll take our next question from Shrey Srivastava of Citi.

Thank you, Tanate, for answering all the questions over the previous quarters. I just want to look more top down because obviously, following on from previous questions, we've talked about the upside on the replicating income versus your guided liability margin still at 100 to 110 basis points. A, is your sort of 5% volume growth guidance predicated on further deposit campaigns to get you within this 100 to 110 basis points? Or is any sort of upside to volume growth from that incremental to the 5%?

And secondly, what are sort of the hurdle rates you have in mind when thinking about going forward with a new deposit campaign? Because obviously, as you've heard sort of many of us to get from the assumptions we have when plugging your replicating income into the model to the liability margin of 110 basis points would require some sort of pretty significant deposit campaigns. So what are some of the things you think about when deciding to give up that short-term upside for sort of longer-term growth?

All right. Tanate, can you give the elements of our replication income or lease liability margin again?

Yes. I think the 5% deposit growth, I think it's a good base number, right? And I think you look in the context of 2025, where the growth is around 5%. So that trend line, we expect to continue despite competition, despite quantitative tightening. So I think it's a good number to assume 5% growth. Does campaign play a big role in that? It continues to be the case, right, that we have campaigns in many markets we operate in. We continue to use that as a tool, but we also get additional flows coming into the bank all the time.

And what I look at really is the growth in our primary customer, the intensity of which we have a relationship with our customer is there. And I think looking at the replication, it's still the 3 moving parts, right? It's really the impact of the short-term replication still having a tail impact is continued accretion of long-term replication coming through and the actions that we would take in terms of rate increases or decreases over time.

And I think we like to reiterate that we don't give guidance for '27 in terms of liability margin, but we expect it to operate in '26 at the lower end of the 100 to 110, and we're comfortable that we can achieve our target with that guidance.

And we'll take our next question from [ Seamus Murphy ] of [indiscernible]

Sorry, I'm coming back again to a lot of the questions that have been asked in one sense just in terms of the guidance. So I suppose you've guided 16 to -- sorry, EUR 16.3 billion to EUR 16.5 billion for commercial NII in 2026. But in Q4, it was [ EUR 3.928 ] billion. So that suggests an exit rate of just over EUR 4 billion into Q1 2026. That's already in the bag. And if I annualize that, I'm kind of getting EUR 16.2 billion at the start of the year, just before anything else happens and the upper end of your guidance, therefore, only needs 2% growth to achieve the 16.5%.

And obviously, we have -- so I suppose question one, is there anything wrong with the math as you start the year that you have kind of EUR 16.2 billion of NII heading into the -- sorry, EUR 16.2 billion into this year at the start? And the second question then is, obviously, we have growth, so there's only limited growth needed. But the second question then is, you mentioned earlier on the call that the long end of the replication portfolio is a positive further into '26 and '27. Two things have happened.

Your current account balances have grown EUR 5 billion, I think, to [ EUR 175 billion ] now. And secondly is that, obviously, the curve has deepened. So it would be super useful if you could tell us how much the long end of the replication portfolio will contribute in '26 and '27. And the last question, I asked this also on the Q3 call because it's becoming more and more important for banks, I think, is that do you expect FTEs to fall as we look into '27 and '28 at the group level?

Thanks, Seamus, for your questions. Well, we do expect FTE over balances to fall. So this is about, of course, a continuous focus on growth and then on a marginal basis, doing that with less marginal cost. And that's why we use the metric FTE over balances, whereby we continuously accept -- sorry, see an improvement or expect an improvement based on our digitalization and AI and GenAI and better process management as we have been doing over the past years.

And that trend we see continuing. At the same time, we want to grow because we need to diversify and grow our revenues over our balances and our RWA. But from an FTE over balancing perspective, we should see further improvements. Tanate, how does it work with that?

Yes, Seamus, we will see each other in London, so we can go into a bit more detail. But I think it's a dangerous game to take Q4 and then extrapolating it. But I think if I look at full year to full year, the impact is over EUR 1 billion, right? That's a 7% growth in net interest income, which I think is a strong number and strong guidance. And I also -- we don't give replicated income in such details of how much the long end would contribute, except that we have disclosed in our presentation that 55% of our replication is long dated. And I also noted the fact that the drive of our primary customer is driving increasing current account and that increasing current account means better margin. So we do recognize that.

[Operator Instructions] And we'll now move on to our next question from Anke Reingen of RBC.

But firstly, thank you very much, Tanate,and all the best. And then to questions. So firstly, can you just talk a bit about your expectation on lending volume growth in 2026? I guess the 5% applies here as well, but I suppose, Q3, Q4, you've seen very strong growth. So where do you see sort of like the mix falling into 2026? I mean I hear your margin comment, but maybe just more a bit in terms of the mix. And then you commented earlier on about the SRTs of 15 basis points benefit. Can you just clarify, is that per year? Or is that over the 2 years, '26 and '27...

Thank you very much, Anke, for your questions. If you look at the SRTs, the impact in '25 was 12 basis points and that impact remains there. So once we have taken, let's say, the first loss piece of our balance sheet, it will remain [indiscernible] of our balance sheet. But in '26, we're going to do an additional number of SRTs that should benefit an additional 15 to 20 basis points on our CET1.

And we, of course, will then also continue for '27 and thereafter. But on those years, we haven't yet given guidance. When we talk about lending growth, we see good growth across the board, like you've seen in the third and the fourth quarter that both in and mortgages and in Business Banking and Wholesale Banking, we continue to see good growth. The pipelines are good. Clearly, especially with the underlying macro drivers, there is shortage of housing in many of the markets in which we operate, in this case in the Netherlands, that is the case in Belgium, that is in Germany.

That is the case in Spain. We are -- we have a total mortgage book of EUR 370 billion. So we are a top 3 mortgage provider in the region in Europe. And in many of the markets in which we are active, we see there are good macroeconomic fundamentals to continue that growth, low unemployment levels, good salary increase over the past couple of years, shortage of housing, lower number of people in individual households, so an increase in the number of households and those fundamentals continue to be there. And that's why that is going to be a significant driver of the loan growth in 2026 and '27.

And we'll now take our next question from Matthew Clark of Mediobanca.

So firstly, coming back to this EUR 25 billion target for 2027 revenues or greater than EUR 25 billion. I mean, are you trying to talk down consensus there, which is EUR 25.8 billion, I think? Or do you think that's still consistent with the greater than component of that target? So I just want to understand your thinking for framing that target that way against the context of a higher consensus?

And then secondly, on wholesale lending, why is now the right time for you to be putting your foot down on wholesale lending? What's changed in terms of risk reward, et cetera? And I guess asking that in the context of an uptick in credit losses on wholesale this quarter.

Yes. Thank you very much. Well, let me put it this way for 2027. So we said that the revenues are larger than EUR 25 billion. So we are confident about our growth, and we're also confident about '27. So don't forget the larger then sign in EUR 25 billion for '27, but yes, that's where we currently are. And we're very comfortable with that level. When you talk about Wholesale Bank lending, well, look, we had slow quarters in the first half of 2025, and then it picked up very well in the second half of the year.

In the end, what we want to realize in Wholesale Banking is higher revenues over RWA and a higher return over RWA. And in that regard, we have been investing and we are continuing to invest in Transaction Services and Financial Markets. That will help us to drive the diversification in Wholesale Banking and do more with our customers next to lending, but lending, of course, is also good.

And secondly, we're attacking, let's say, our capital there. Our capital was about 50-50 in '24. Now we said for '27, we had a target of 55% in retail and then 45% in Wholesale Banking. It's already at 54% for retail and 46% for Wholesale Banking. So we're on a good path quicker than we initially anticipated. And that's why we continue also to work on the SRTs to make sure that also on the capital side in Wholesale Banking, we can do more with less capital to help with return going up. So it's not a particular focus on lending alone. In the end, we're focused on return.

And we'll now take our next question from Farquhar Murray of Autonomous.

Obviously, congratulations, Tanate and best wishes for the future. Coming back to the day job though for now, 2 questions, if I may. Firstly, please, can you reconcile the indication of EUR 0.4 billion of hedging tailwinds into '26 of 4Q with kind of flat replicating income on a year-on-year basis on Slide 29. Is that simply a matter of how things came through in the quarters? And perhaps can you just flesh that out through '25 and into '26?

And also, is there a quarterly pattern to that hedging impact and also maybe the short-term effects you mentioned earlier? And then secondly, if we look last year, lending outpaced deposits, if we look at the 8% versus the 5% I know you said the kind of planning assumption as a kind of balanced 5%, but what's your general sense about where customer demand is at present?

I think that -- so on the customer demand at present, I mean, we -- actually, we do see continued good mortgage growth, again, because we see the macroeconomic elements that we saw in there, we see them continuing. And therefore, if you look at the number of houses being sold last year in a number of our main markets in the Netherlands, Belgium and Germany, they all have increased. And also, we see increases in a number of these housing markets to continue in 2026 and '27.

So again, we're very positive towards that end. I think in business banking, we have also been improving our processes, and therefore, we've made it easier for our customers to borrow with us. So I think there, it's also an improvement of capabilities that we have had and by the way, rolling out business banking step by step by step in Germany, Italy and potentially also in other markets that we're looking at. We've spoken about Spain before.

And then in Wholesale Banking, it's always more lumpy, funny enough, whereby you do see geopolitical uncertainty on the one hand and the PMI index being relatively low, we've seen sort of a catch-up demand of Wholesale Banking lending in the third and fourth quarter. The pipeline is still good. Yes, probably that Wholesale Banking in that sense is always a bit more choppy in terms of growth than the other elements.

But the main consistent element in the lending growth sits in the mortgage side. Then on the hedging tailwinds, there, I want to give the floor to Tanate.

Thank you very much, Farquhar. I think what we see is that if you look at our quarterly commercial NII, it reached a trough in Q2, improved from EUR 3.7 billion to EUR 3.8 billion and from EUR 3.8 billion to EUR 3.9 billion during the course. So you already see signs of that replication impact. I think what the EUR 400 million refers to is the fact that the short end pressure that we see is decreasing. We see the fact that in Q4, we also have the benefit of the rate cuts already materializing into the numbers and that 55% of the long end is already positive. So it's a combination of all these 3 factors that drives the EUR 400 million tailwind.

And we'll now take our next question from Chris Hallam of Goldman Sachs International.

I just have one question left. And obviously, good luck, Tanate. I'm sure you're going to miss all these questions on replicating income and liability margins when you're relaxing in Thailand. But just on this question on the corporate side, you talked about increasing levels of working capital lending and lower deposits. Are those 2 points linked, i.e., are corporate customers building up working capital and therefore, draining their cash balances in anticipation of higher activity later in the year? And if so, how long should that working capital cycle last for? And would we notice any impact on NII through this year as and when it reverses, either on the lending margin or on the liability margin?

Yes. Thanks, Chris. And yes, Tanate will miss those questions. But luckily, we have Ida Lerner, our new CFO, and she already told me yesterday, said she's really looking forward to all these questions. So next quarter, you can expect her to answer these. On the working capital side, yes, I mean, on the wholesale side, you saw that EUR 10.3 billion lending and working capital solutions growth. So part was indeed working capital solutions. That had to do with a couple of large deals, very large companies doing very large deals, and we were leading those deals. So that doesn't necessarily have a link with each other that those are, let's say, seasonal swings that sometimes you have and sometimes you don't have.

Clearly, those working capital solutions deals because they are typically short term and self-liquidating or collateralized or they have a borrowing base behind it. They have lower margins. But we have many of these. And so that doesn't have a particular big impact on the lending margin. When we talk about the cash pooling business, that's the pooling both in our payments and cash management and the notional pooling business, typically, clients at the end of the year, they will consolidate their positions and net them off. And because they net them off, they net them off in our accounts, and therefore, you see a lower amount coming in there. So a seasonal pattern.

There are no further questions in queue. I will now hand it back to Steven Van Rijswijk for closing remarks.

Yes. Thank you very much. I think we can -- we are very proud of our 2025 numbers and also very confident about '26 and '27, hence, the improved and heightened outlook. And I want to thank you for all your questions and observations today, and again, Tanate, for the fantastic collaboration, and you are a great friend and a great colleague. Thanks very much, everybody, and I hope you have a great Thursday.

Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.

[Audio Gap]

3Q 2025 Conference Call. Before handing this conference call over to Steven van Rijswijk, Chief Executive Officer of ING Groep, let me first say that today's comments may include forward-looking statements such as statements regarding future developments in our business, expectations for our future financial performance and any statement not involving a historical fact. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statement.

A discussion of factors that may cause actual results to differ from those in any forward-looking statement is contained in our public filings, including our most recent annual report on Form 20-F filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and our earnings press release as posted in our website today. Furthermore, nothing in today's comments constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities. Good morning, Steven, over to you.

Good morning. Thank you, and good morning, and welcome to our results call for the third quarter of 2025. I hope you're all well, and thank you for joining us. As usual, I'm joined by our CRO, Ljiljana Cortan; and our CFO, Tanate Phutrakul.

While macroeconomic and geopolitical uncertainty remains prevalent, we have again delivered a strong quarter as we continue to execute our strategy to accelerate growth, increase our impact and deliver customer value. In today's presentation, I will start by sharing further insights in how our capital allocation will continue to fuel growth and increase returns. And I will also update you on our long-term capital target. Thereafter, Tanate will walk you through the quarterly financials. And as always, we will be happy to take your questions at the end of the call.

And now let's move to Slide 2. This slide highlights our continued strong commercial momentum in the third quarter with solid growth across key areas. We have added nearly 200,000 mobile primary customers during the quarter, bringing growth in the last 12 months to over EUR 1.1 [ million ], well ahead of the target set at our Capital Markets Day. Our loan book expanded significantly in both Retail and Wholesale and Retail saw EUR 8.6 billion in net core lending growth driven mainly by residential mortgages. Wholesale Banking also delivered a strong quarter, supported by trade finance services and lending, reflecting increased client financing needs.

Core deposits declined slightly following substantial inflows in previous quarters and this was largely due to the inclusion of promotional campaigns and seasonal spending patterns during the summer in Retail Banking. On the other hand, Wholesale Banking posted strong inflows, particularly in payments and cash management, financial markets and cash pooling.

Customer balances grew at an annualized rate of 7% in the first 9 months of 2025, keeping us well on track to achieve our 4% annual growth target. Fee income also continued upward trend. Year-to-date, fees grew by 12%, and we have raised our full year 2025 growth outlook to more than 10%. Our fourth quarter rolling average ROE stands at 12.6%, and we have also revised our full year ROE outlook upwards. Finally, we remain committed to supporting clients in our sustainability transitions with sustainable finance volumes up 29% compared to the same period last year.

Now let's move to the next slide to discuss what this growth means for our capital generation. On Slide 3, we show how our continued commercial growth, further income diversification and proactive cost measures have delivered strong capital generation. Over the past 4 quarters, we have delivered EUR 6 billion of net profit, which contributed an additional 2 percentage points to our CET1 ratio in line with the 2 prior years. This performance has enabled us to offer an attractive and sustainable dividend with an ordinary cash dividend yield of nearly 6% in the last 12 months, and part of the capital we generated was reinvested to support profitable growth across both our business lines. And finally, thanks to our strong capital generation, we have been able to announce and execute additional distributions amounted to EUR 4.5 billion over the last 12 months and EUR 12.5 billion over the last 3 years.

Then I'll move to Slide 4, where we summarize the total distributions to shareholders, building on what I just mentioned. In our policy, we have consistently paid cash dividends and we have been executing share buybacks for several years. And these actions have delivered a highly attractive yield, while our share price has risen significantly. The EUR 2 billion share buyback program, which started in May this year was concluded earlier this week. And today, we are announcing an additional EUR 1.6 billion distribution. All that amount, EUR 1.1 billion will be returned in the form of a new share buyback, which will have a lasting positive impact on both earnings and dividends per share. And in addition, we will pay a cash dividend of EUR 500 million in January 2026, helping us to meet the expected cash flow for the year. Looking ahead, we remain committed to delivering strong shareholder returns and we will provide you an update with our first quarter 2026 results.

Now let's move to Slide 5, where I will explain the rationale behind updating our CET1 ratio target. So here on Page 5, our expected fully loaded CET1 MDA has risen over a year from 10.5% in 2020 to around 11.2%, primarily due to regulatory changes. And consequently, we have revised our capital target and will now measure our CET1 ratio at around 13%. And this target gives us a buffer of about 180 basis points above the MDA threshold, which we consider appropriate given the resilience of our business model and the fact that a significant portion of the MDA over 1 percentage point is attributable to countercyclical buffers. Any CET1 capital above 13% will be treated as excess and factored into our future capital planning as evidenced by the additional distribution that we announced today.

And in the previous slides, I'm now on Slide 6, I outlined how we have deployed excess and newly generated capital over the past years, delivering strong shareholder returns. And although we are no longer in a position of excess capital, we remain firmly focused on generating strong capital going forward, and our allocation priorities are well defined. First, we will maintain an attractive shareholder return supported by our 50% dividend payout policy.

Second, we will continue to invest in value-accretive growth, further diversifying income streams, expanding the loan book in a capital-efficient way and considering M&A opportunities that meet our strict criteria. And these investments will help us to accelerate growth and enhance earnings potential as the return on new business is higher than a return on share buyback. And finally, we will return any capital structurally above our CET1 target to shareholders.

Moving to Slide 8, where we present our improved outlook for 2025. So far this year, we have added nearly 700,000 mobile primary customers and remain on track to achieve our annual growth target of 1 million in 2025. We have raised our expectation for fee growth and now anticipate fees to come in more than 10% higher than last year. And as a result, we have also increased our outlook for total income, which we now expect to reach around EUR 22.8 billion this year.

Prudent expense management remains a key priority. We continue to take proactive measures to operate efficiently while selectively investing for growth. And despite additional incidental expenses this quarter, we continue guiding total costs towards the lower end of the EUR 12.5 billion to EUR 12.7 billion range. As explained earlier, our CET1 target has been updated to around 13%. And given our improved outlook for income and disciplined approach on costs, we have also raised our ROE expectation for this year to more than 12.5%. We will share our outlook for 2026 and revisit our 2027 targets with the fourth quarter results.

And now I'll hand over to Tanate, who will walk you through the third quarter financial results in more detail starting on Slide 10. Tanate?

Thank you, Steven. Yes, on Slide 10 shows the development of total income, which has increased further this quarter and was close to the record level we achieved 1 year ago. Commercial NII rose by a strong performance in Wholesale Banking Lending and the conclusion of our promotional campaign -- savings campaign in Retail Banking Germany. These factors more than offset the impact of lower average ECB deposit facility rate and a stronger euro.

Fee income continues its upward trend, growing by 15% year-on-year. Most of this growth is structural, which is why we have raised our full year expectations. Finally, all other income, which includes other NII, investment income and other income was supported by continued strong results in financial market and treasury as well as the final dividend payment from our equity stake in Bank of Beijing.

Let's discuss Slide 11, where we show the development of our customer balances. We delivered another quarter of strong loan growth across both our Retail and Wholesale Banking. Net core lending increased by EUR 14.2 billion. Retail contributed EUR 8.6 billion of that, driven by continued growth in mortgages and increasing consumer lending portfolio, primarily in Germany, Poland and the Netherlands. Wholesale Banking Lending also posted strong growth as a relatively large number of deals originated early -- in earlier quarters were converted in the third quarter.

On the liability side, core deposits declined by around EUR 200 million after significant inflows in prior quarters. The decline was largely attributable to outflows in Germany and Belgium after the conclusion of promotional savings campaign. Wholesale Banking posted a strong inflow, reflecting increased deposit volume in payment and cash management area, financial market and the cash pooling business.

On Slide 12, you can see that commercial NII grew quarter-on-quarter. That was -- this increase is particularly strong in Retail Germany's liability NII after the end of the bonus rate for fresh money from a promotional campaign. This was also the main driver behind the 1 basis point improvement in liability margin. Lending NII also in Wholesale Banking Lending, the Lending margin remained stable as the growth in Wholesale Banking Lending offset the impact of continued growth of our residential mortgage portfolio, which deliver higher return on equity but lower average margin.

For full year 2025, our outlook liability margin and lending margin is unchanged at around 100 basis points and around 125 basis points, respectively. We expect commercial NII to come in between EUR 15.2 billion and EUR 15.3 billion. It is worth noting that the higher-than-expected NII growth in the third quarter was partly driven by a large number of transactions in the Wholesale Bank, which has been in the pipeline for an extended period of time.

Turning to Slide 13. Fee growth remained strong with a 15% increase year-on-year, driven by structural revenue drivers across both Retail and Wholesale Banking. In Retail Banking, growth was supported by a continued rise in mobile primary customer, which boosted daily banking fees. Investment products had a strong quarter, reflecting an increase in the number of investment accounts and higher asset under management. Wholesale Banking delivered a quarterly record fee income of EUR [ 383 ] million, driven by strong performance in lending, supported by a greater number of lead roles, increased loan underwriting activities and higher lending volume. Given the strong performance in the first 9 months of this year, we are confident that we can grow our fee income by more than 10% in 2025.

On Slide 14, we show the development of all other income. Income from financial market is mostly driven by client activity. We continue to support our clients through volatile market condition, mostly with FX and interest rate management. Income from our financial stakes this quarter included a final dividend from our stake in Bank of Beijing, while other income also benefited from a gain on sale.

Now on to Slide 15. Our expenses excluding regulatory costs and incidental items rose less than 3% year-on-year, reflecting our prudent approach. The increase was largely reflecting wage inflation and our ongoing investment in business growth and scalability. On the growth side, we continue investing in our customer acquisition and product development, including expanding our offer for new customer segments. Another good example is business banking, where we broaden our product suite and make it easier to digitally onboard customer.

In terms of scalability, we focus on enhancing and strengthening our tech platform. At the same time, we are seeing benefits from operational efficiencies, which help offset part of the cost increase. We remain committed to digitizing our services to further strengthen our operational leverage going forward. We're actively integrating generative AI capabilities through our organization. Our GenAI chatbot is now live in 6 markets, providing [indiscernible]. And in consumer finance, we use AI to assist applications and process loan applications automatically. Incidental expenses mostly related to restructuring provisions booking, which are expected to result in EUR 30 million in annualized cost savings once fully implemented. We still expect total expenses to finish at the lower end of the previously guided range. The outlook includes incidental items recorded in the first 9 months whereby continued focus on operational efficiencies will lead to some incidental costs in the fourth quarter.

Now let's move on to risk costs on the next slide. Total risk costs were EUR 326 million this quarter, equivalent to 19 basis points of average customer lending, which is below our through-the-cycle average and reflect the quality of our loan growth. Net addition to Stage 3 provision amount to EUR 361 million, mainly due to collective provisioning in Retail Banking and a number of newly defaulted files in Wholesale Banking. The Stage 3 ratio remains stable. Stage 1 and Stage 2 risk cost show a net release of EUR 35 million, mostly reflecting portfolio movements. Overall, we remain confident in the strength and quality of our loan growth.

On Slide 17, we show development of our core Tier 1 ratio, which increased compared to last quarter. Core Tier 1 capital increase on the back of strong capital generation, partly offset by dividend reserving and a lower market value of our stake in Bank of Beijing. The total risk-weighted assets broadly stable. Credit risk-weighted assets, excluding FX impact increased by [ EUR 2.2 billion ] mainly due to volume growth. This was partly offset by a change in the profile of the loan book, equity revaluations and various other effects. Operational risk-weighted assets remained flat while market risk-weighted assets decreased by EUR 1.7 billion. The announced additional distribution of EUR 1.6 billion. We have a pro forma impact of 48 basis points on the Core Tier 1 ratio, bringing it more in line with our updated targets.

Now I'll hand back to Steven to wrap up today's presentation.

Thanks, Tanate. And before we move to Q&A, let me recap the key takeaways from today's presentation. We delivered another strong quarter, maintaining solid commercial momentum that is fully aligned with our growth strategy and the sustained performance translated into a robust capital generation, enabling attractive shareholder returns while continuing to selectively invest in our business. Today, we announced a EUR 1.6 billion in line with our updated target. Going forward, we remain committed to deploying capital to fuel growth and further enhance returns. And finally, we have improved our outlook for 2025, expecting higher fees, stronger total income and a return on equity above 12.5%.

And with that, I would like to open the floor for Q&A. Operator, over to you.

We will now take our first question from Delphine Lee.

My first one is on [ capital. ] Just wondering, as you highlighted in your slides, your CET1 requirements have been going up quite a bit. Do you think we are entering like a phase of stabilization from here? Or could there be more pressure? And on the other hand, do you expect anything on -- is there any hope of that requirement going down maybe on mortgage flow? Is there anything like that, just so we have better visibility on how you run your CET1?

And then just on NII and deposits, more generally speaking, the retail deposit options were quite significant this quarter, which there has been some seasonality. Was just wondering a little bit what you're seeing so far in the quarter. And if the trends that you've seen in Q3 in terms of the strength in Wholesale Banking or -- and the liability margin, slight improvement, is there anything that has been confirmed for Q4 so far?

Thank you very much, Delphine. And on capital, yes, we currently do not see additional pressure [ very strong ] on capital. So all the countercyclical buffers and other elements that we could see that could potentially have come and that we have factored into our capital targets. Of course, we continue to talk to supervisors about avoiding duplication or gold plating between different supervisors in different markets. And of course, we also talk about the mortgage floor that could come in, but only in 2032. So that's a long time away, but we'll also talk about that to see if that can be removed, but those discussions are ongoing.

Then on deposits, yes, the outflows are -- there was an outflow of about EUR 7 billion in Retail and an inflow of about EUR 7 billion in Wholesale. So our deposits are approximately flat and minus EUR 200 million. What we can see is that these deposit outflows for Retail came from a marketing campaign predominantly in Germany, which ended and that always leads to part of outflows of the marketing campaign money that we got in. So that is that effect. Also, there was a third quarter effect, which is a seasonal effect, which then is the end of the holidays, and during the holidays, people spend more. So typically, with a higher spending pattern at the start of the third quarter, you also see deposits there coming down. So that's typically for this quarter. That is not a pattern that we would expect in the fourth quarter.

And to date, if you look at the total deposits, we have an annualized growth in the first 9 months of 6%. So we're happy with our deposit inflows during the year.

And we will now take our next question from Namita Samtani of Barclays.

My first question is, how do you expect your lending margins to grow from 125 bps today to the 125 to 130 bps [ guidance over ] 2026 to 2027, given there's a lot of little private credit competition and many banks offering competitive pricing, especially in wholesale. So any thoughts there would be much appreciated.

And secondly, I saw an article on Bloomberg that ING estimated that around 950 positions are at risk in the Netherlands by the end of 2026 as artificial intelligence was rolled out. I know it was just a forecast given to the country's employee insurance agency, but I just wondered why you aren't doing this AI initiative in other countries. For example, the cost income in the Netherlands looks decent compared to Belgium and Australia Retail, where it's 60% to 70%, which looks quite poor.

Thank you, Namita. I'll do the question on the 950 positions, and Tanate will talk about the lending margin. As a matter of fact, this is an announcement that we have to do from the collective -- with a collective announcement. And so this is an estimate that we then officially post with the labor insurance agency as a current estimate of how many jobs will be affected in this country. Now the jobs that are affected are part of it is in Wholesale Banking, as we announced earlier, and parts, it's in our processes such as less manual or personnel work in contact centers and or more digitalization in lending and consumer lending processes. By the way, we do this in the Netherlands, we do this everywhere around the world, so the GenAI chatbot has been rolled out or being rolled out in 6 countries already as an example. But it's just the announcement that we are compulsory to make in this country. It has led to the announcement that is not because we're only doing this in this country, but this pertains employees in this country.

Namita, just on the margin to share mortgage financing in our mix. We do expect that, that will normalize going forward. Also, that's a factor that the funding profile of our mortgage-backed book has cost margin compression, which we expect that to subside over the next few periods and that we do expect return to growth in the Wholesale Banking loan growth, which comes with a higher margin. That's why we do expect that over time, our lending margin will range between 125 and 130 bps.

And we will now take our next question from Tarik El Mejjad of Bank of America.

Two questions from my side. First of all, I would like to come back on the tech investments and AI. I mean, you've been one among those banks that had some AI/ML issues a few years ago as you had to ramp up your FTEs in the KYC and client boarding functions. So have you invested in the meantime in AI in that area? And could that actually -- I know you've already run down a lot of these costs, but is this something you've been investing in, in parallel? And also in terms of embedded AI in products, where you are and what's your thinking is in the future?

And then the second question is on capital redeployment. Thanks Steven, you've been very clear about the outlook for where the capital generation goes. That's very, very clear. But in terms of consolidation and M&A, you've been very vocal and transparent about it. What's your -- how your thinking evolved in this current rate environment and where your focus will go?

Thank you, Tarik. Yes, first of all, tech AI investments. I think there are 5 main areas that we currently are deploying or starting to deploy gen AI, and we already work with AI for the last 10 years, but GenAI, which is, let's say, AI on steroids, if you will, there was a clear focus that is coding in the technology space that is lending, that is hyper-personalized marketing, that is contact centers and that is KYC. So for sure, we are investing in digitalizing KYC and also get this supported with AI and GenAI. And that will, of course, also have an impact on our processes and could also indeed have an impact on how we work with our staff. So yes, that could be and -- it is an interesting part of the business where we can use digitalization much more than we did that in the past.

When it comes to capital deployment and our thinking on M&A, yes, it has not changed. I think that what we want to do is we want to make more impact and be more relevant in the markets in which we operate. That means that we -- there are in markets or market by market, looking at market segments that we currently do not have, for example, business banking or consumer lending or private banking, wealth management type of activities or we look to increase in size, which has scale benefits. Those are the areas in which we are looking. But of course, it has to make sense from an ROE point of view.

And we will now take our next question from Giulia Miotto of Morgan Stanley.

I will start with one on NII. Tanate, I think I heard you saying that the guide for the year is EUR 15.2 billion to EUR 15.3 billion, which somewhat surprised me because I would have thought it was almost a slam dunk that it would be on the EUR 15.3 billion side of things because I thought NII is improving in the second half specifically in Q4, you've got the benefit from the end of the Belgian campaign. And so I think a [ EUR 3.9 billion ] sort of NII for Q4 was almost in the bag. And I think you'll make some comments around seeing some Wholesale Banking transaction closing in Q3. So I don't know if you can quantify that, if there is any sort of nonrecurring things in Q3 that we should keep in mind. So yes, I would welcome your comments on NII for the rest of the year.

And then secondly, there have been quite a few incidentals recently on the cost line. And if I look at the past 5 years, leverage is more or less EUR 200 million a year. Is there something that we should think about as recurring? Or not really -- you plan not to do more going forward?

All right. I give both questions to Tanate starting with NII.

Yes, Giulia. So I think we do have some tailwind coming our way. The ECB rates later today, we'll see what Christine Lagarde say, but I think we see a bottom to the short rates and a positive view curve. So that's a good tailwind. And we do expect that, that will have a positive impact on our NII, not only for '25 but 2026 as well. The reason why we gave a tight guidance of EUR 15.2 billion to EUR 15.3 billion, is the fact that in Q3, we have seen quite a catch-up in the Wholesale Banking NII growth. If you remember in previous quarterly calls, we said that our pipeline in Q1 and Q2 were fairly robust, but customers were not converting them into loans or transactions, and that catch-up has happened in the third quarter in a pretty significant way. So that's why we gave this guidance of between EUR 15.2 billion and EUR 15.3 billion.

Now on restructuring provision. It's been our approach that we don't take big major program restructuring provision over multiple years. But we take provision when we have a clear business case, it is concise and that it can be achieved over 12 to 18 months, and that's our policy going forward. That's why we gave a bit of an outlook to the market that we do expect continued efficiency program and that we do expect to take additional restructuring provision for additional efficiencies in Q4.

And we'll now take our next question from Benoit Petrarque of Kepler Cheuvreux.

So first, just as an intro, I just wanted to get your view on the outcome from the Dutch Election. It looks a good -- relatively good outcome [indiscernible] right outcome. So I just wanted to get your view on that. Now the first question is actually on the ROE target. You've upgraded '25 several times. Yet you've kept '27 ROE unchanged. So do you share -- my view at least that there is more confidence in the 14% and potentially upside to the 14%. And just also wanted to check with you if you see the growth momentum currently. Yes, a bit more pronounced than what you were anticipating back in June '25 at the CMD. So that's number one.

And number two is on the efficiencies. Again, I think the tech side is looking quite promising. And you just mentioned that the use of digitalization is also much more than in the past. You've put through also restructuring charges in Retail. So I was wondering if all those kind of efficiency gains were embedded in the 3% to 4% OpEx CAGR target back in June '24. Or do you see things a bit accelerating on the efficiency side and the digitalization side?

All right. Thank you for the questions. I will take the question on the elections. Tanate will take the questions on the upside on growth and the efficiency, although I have the feeling that Tanate will say something around we will further update you upon our fourth quarter results 2025, but I'll leave that to him.

Regarding the outcome of the elections, yes, look, I mean -- but I'm saying something that you know as well, obviously, is that stability of a government and of a coalition and thereby, a government that can take long-term decisions is good for society, it's good for the economy. I think that the meeting of minds in the previous coalition was not there. And I think that this is a new opportunity to create a coalition that is more stable. I can look more long term. And I'm really hoping for that.

Secondly, I think also the parties that are a bit bigger, are more pro Europe. And I think that from a business point of view, it helps to foster international ties. And therefore, it's also good to set it in a European setting, whereby I really think that people should continue to look at continuing and implementing the sales and investment union so that could help here as well.

Yes, and I think thirdly, areas around consistency of policy around simplification, but all sustainability would also help. So yes, I think it is good if we get a government that can create longer-term stability.

From CMD, I think we are more confident about our [ 2025 CMD. ] Volumes are better than we planned. Fee growth we have basically upgraded in the last 2, 3 quarters, our ROE guidance for 2025. But I think I'll leave it to February to give you more formal guidance for the coming period.

And then on cost reduction program, yes, these are plans which we have an ambition to deliver, and it's in line with our Capital Markets Day guidance.

[Operator Instructions] We'll now move on to our next question from Benjamin Goy of Deutsche Bank.

Two questions also from my side. One is a follow-up on the net interest income, particularly implied for Q4. In Q2, you -- when you gave the guidance, you assumed one more rate cut, which hasn't materialized and might not also not happen today. So wondering whether there is a bit more upside baked into your guidance now as compared to August?

And then secondly, on the Wholesale Bank, maybe can you give more color, one, on the loan growth, where is it coming from, countries, which type of product? And then also the newly defaulted files in Wholesale Banking, any trends you can see or industries? Any background would be appreciated.

All right. I will talk about the Wholesale Banking growth. Ljiljana will talk about the risks or risk cost in Wholesale Banking. And Tanate will talk about NII.

So on the growth in Wholesale Banking, these are 2 areas. First of all, these are larger underwritings and syndicated loans. So large investments that companies are doing for that they have larger transactions and underwritings that we have been doing with them. We already told you in the previous quarters that the pipelines were strong in Wholesale Banking. So we saw the pipeline is growing, but the conversion into real business was not there, undoubtedly, that had something to do with the certainty in the market. So at least it's a good signal that companies are now investing. Do we -- is that a trend or not? That goes a bit too far for today, but at least it's good that companies are starting to invest and that has led to a larger underwriting business and related lending fees, and that you also see in the fees coming through.

And the second area in that economic activity, you see that also in trade financial services. So those have been the areas of growth in Wholesale Banking, leading to around EUR 5.5 billion growth in the Wholesale Banking next to the around EUR 6.5 billion, EUR 7 billion growth in Retail Banking and mortgages. Then we go to risk, yes.

Yes, you've seen the third quarter risk cost in general. We're at slightly below the cycle or at the cycle with 19 bps, let me say, and the same is also valued for the Wholesale Bank specifically. So if you're looking at Wholesale Bank, they're slightly below through the cycle average and the majority of provisions correctly comes from the S3 provisions or Stage 3 provisions. However, they are higher than previous quarter, but they are lower and significantly lower if you're looking at the third quarter '24. So if we are looking at the newly defaulted cases, I cannot say I see a specific sector-wide pattern. What we've observed are actually more a result of idiosyncratic events at certain clients rather than systemic observations. Needless to say, we remain vigilant because despite the global economy doing a bit better than we expect, there are still uncertainty around how the economic policy, specifically tariffs and regulation deflux will impact it going forward. So far, so good, I would say.

And then on rates, Ben, I think the reduction in rates has no material impact on our 2025 financials. And I would refer you to the replication impact of the forward curve that we provided on Page 24 that you see that it has a positive impact in '26 and '27, but immaterial for '25.

And we'll now take our next question from Shrey of Citi.

Just on your 13% CET1 ratio target, you're obviously at 12.9% this quarter, pro forma for the distributions you announced. Looking forward, did you look to ask below this number on an interim results basis? And sort of what's the leeway within that circa 13% number?

Good spot. So indeed, we are comfortable with dipping into it a little bit. So this is what it shows today. So it is indeed around target, and I don't want to mathematically, every day of the week, be at 13%. It will be around that number. And you can see now that now it is 12.9%, so it's a bit below it. And what we then say is that what we say is that we have a structural capital excess over 13%, then we call it an excess, and then we will look at distribution.

And we'll now take our next question from Chris Hallam of Goldman Sachs.

Just to begin with some Q4 housekeeping. The EUR 30 million of annualized cost savings you flag on Slide 15, when do you expect those to be fully implemented? And then are there any reasons why fees would be down year-over-year in the fourth quarter? Just even if I assume flat, then I'm going to get to a full year number result of 4.6% and 4.4% on fees.

And then second, on the strategy, there's a link obviously between deposit campaigns, the customer retention and then fee growth. Do you get a sense of that connection is that the strategy is becoming more predictable or more lucrative? And maybe on the other hand, if you look at what's coming in Germany, the more demand for borrowing, maybe a greater need across the banking sector for funding and liquidity in that market to kind of react to that borrowing demand, maybe a more competitive deposit landscape. Does that change at all the economics for ING of the deposit campaign pipe strategy in Germany?

All right. On the EUR 30 million cost savings, that will feed through in 2026 per annum. Then is there any reason for the fees to go down in the fourth quarter? Now that depends on economic activity. So you've seen the growth in our fees has been 75% alpha. Of course, we saw a very strong lending fee in Wholesale Banking because of the -- let's say, the execution or the conversion of the pipeline. So yes, there we need to see what is the level of activity, but we remain confident on our fee growth. And that's why we said the fee growth for the year will be higher than 10% rather than at the higher end of the 5% to 10% range. And then yes, just correct me if I understood your question in the wrong way, but you are wondering if there's a connection between growth in lending and in fees, and if there's more competition deposits, that's how I translate your question. Was that your question?

Basically. If you think about your deposit has a loss-leading product to generate fee growth in the future. So you've got to think about the deposit cost as the investment of the ROI. So just this deposit costs do climb up. At what point do you think about revisiting the size and the scale of that [indiscernible] campaign?

Yes. Well, I mean -- look, I mean, we see deposits as a -- not as a loss leader. Deposits, in general, make money for us. And that's why you've seen that we started many years ago as ING direct in many countries as a savings and deposit bank. Now if you talk specifically about the deposits that we are doing in Germany or elsewhere, a campaign can either be aimed at fresh money and that should show a positive payback of in between 6 and 12 months, so that's to existing customers and new money for existing customers. And if you look at campaigns that are aimed at new-to-bank customers, those typically have a payback period of 2 to 3 years. Now we have these -- done these type of actions and campaigns for decades. They're highly data-driven, which means we can really monitor who do we target at, how much money will stay in the bank, how much business do they do with us afterwards. And we apply continuously these learnings going forward. And of course, these campaigns, with all the data that we have now, will become much more targeted and much more specific, but it's one of the success factors of ING, and we will continue to do so.

And we will now take our next question from Anke Reingen of RBC.

Just very small questions. Given that -- do you think you have more potential for cutting your deposit rates given that it seems rates have sort like plateaued? And just on the lending margin, is it basically fair to assume it will decline in Q4, given your comment about the Q3 benefit in Wholesale Banking? And I'm sorry, just a small follow-up question. In terms of your capital update, you said next update is in Q1. But just to confirm, we should assume you keep the same cadence as Q1 or Q3 updates.

Yes. So let me confirm that indeed what I indeed meant in my presentation that in terms of capital distribution or how we look at our capital, that will be the 6 months update intervals that we have. So end of Q1 figures, end of Q3 figures as we have done today. Tanate, lending margins and deposit rates?

Yes. Deposit rates. I think it's a balance, right? We don't give forward statement on rate cuts or commercial action, but it's a balance between volume growth, competition and profitability. And I think we give our continued outlook that liability margin will remain at around 100 basis points for this year and rise to between 100 to 110 in 2026 and onwards. So that's on rate cuts. And sorry, your second question?

It was just fair to assume the lending margin declined in Q4 given your [indiscernible] comment.

Got it. I think that really depends on Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking activity, mortgage mix, Wholesale Banking loans. But I think our outlook is that margin on lending will remain flat at around 125 basis points.

And we'll now take our next question from Farquhar Murray of Autonomous.

I had 2 questions, if I may. Firstly, on the recent Board appointments. So I just wondered if you might flesh out the reasonings behind those, [indiscernible] and Ida Lerner and the actual term. Strategically, I'd expect probably a lot of continuity. But I just wondered if there might be any nuances we should read into those appointments in terms of skill sets for the future. I'm sure Ljiljana might actually have views to express of her own.

And then secondly, on the increased CET1 target. Could I ask how those will be cascaded down into the businesses? And in particular, will that be incrementally priced into lending rates?

Thank you. Very good. Nice question about the change of the Board positions. And yes, Ljiljana is sitting next to me. So I will not say anything else than nice words, obviously. But joking aside, I mean, Ljiljana has done and is doing a fantastic job in the risk domain and has not only good experience in risk, but also good experience in wholesale banking from -- in her previous life and knows organization because she has now been with us for 5 years. And I think that with Andrew moving on to the nonexecutive phase of his life, I think I'm very happy with Ljiljana in that post to continuously drive the strategy that we have in Wholesale Banking and also further increase the capital efficiency and the ROE improvements that we wanted to make in.

When it comes to Ida, Ida is a very experienced CFO in a European -- a large European bank with also end risk and wholesale banking experience. So very broad-based. And I think she will be an excellent fit also giving external -- outside perspectives to ING to further improve and focus on our cost discipline that we have here in the bank and help me with potential M&A if we come across it. So that's the background of those candidates.

Now on the capital targets, you would have noticed that even in our third quarter results, the divisional ROE is now based on 13% of risk-weighted assets, so that will be communicated more widely to our teams. But I think we also look when we adjust to 13% at many of our Wholesale Banking peers also operate at around 13%. So we don't expect a competitive disadvantage of this new target materially in the Wholesale Bank.

And we'll now take our next question from Matthew Clark of Mediobanca.

A couple of questions on -- well, one question on the 2 deposit campaigns and your retention rates there. So it looks from the German campaign that you retained less than your normal 2/3 rule of thumb. Could you confirm that? And then also on the Belgium campaign, can you just confirm whether -- with both of them, you've got the return on investment that you expected that the -- whether there's anything to learn from those campaigns?

On the retention rates where it was lower, we have sometimes said that we typically retain about 2/3 of the money, and that is not different this time around. So -- and that goes for both campaigns, actually. Also in Belgium, we expect a strong return on investment. We -- there's a good retention and now a number of these customers are turning into primary customers. So actually, that was a very successful campaign.

And we'll now take our next question from Cyril of BNP Paribas.

I have 2, if I may. So one on fee growth. So the second upgrade in guidance we have for this year. So it does look like the momentum is quite strong and resilient. And I'm just wondering what elements of that momentum that we can take and extrapolate maybe into next year? And the second would be on SRTs. I know we have a transaction planned for Q4. And do we have any visibility on any other transaction maybe for 2026?

All right. On fee growth. Well, it starts with growth in customers. So if we have more primary mobile customers, then we have more customers that do more with us because primary customers typically are customers that choose ING as their main or one of their main banks. And so we have been growing our customer base, again, with about 200,000 new primary customers. If you -- it was 1.1 million, we aim for about 1 million per year. So we're well on track to do this year as well. That's one.

Two, we are increasing the activities with our customers. So you have seen that on investment products that more and more customers taking a trade account with ING that is currently around 4.6 million people who trade with ING. Every quarter -- I say it was 4.4 million and was 4.2 million. So every quarter, we add about 100,000 to 200,000 new customers who trade with ING. And then that's very good. But the better thing is even that we have over 40 million clients. So you can only imagine how big the upside is. And we are now focusing on the segment much more than we did that a few years ago. [indiscernible] in the fee bar chart that you see on the pages, that's also growing steadily, and that's an annuity type of business. So there are -- we broadened up our activities with our customers. And therefore, you see that 75%, if you will, of the fee growth that we see typically is alpha driven, and we are very comfortable with the momentum that we have. That's also why we updated our fee growth for the year and we are very confident to make the 2027 5% -- [ EUR 5 billion ] target for that year.

Thank you, Cyril. Just on capital discipline. I think if you look at 2025 Q3, we saw for the Wholesale Bank, despite the volume growth, the capital usage or risk-weighted asset was almost flat, indicating strong capital discipline and capital velocity in the Wholesale Bank. And yes, we are in dialogue with our regulator to get the final approval for our SRT in Q4. We do expect that transaction to be done and it would have a roughly 10% -- sorry, 10 basis point positive impact on our core Tier 1.

And we'll now take our next question from Seamus Murphy of Carraighill.

Two questions, please. Can you just briefly talk about the expected evolution of full-time employees? Because when I look at the quarterly numbers, I mean, we're up to 63,000 now, I think, in Q3, that's kind of up 5,500 since the start of this rate cycle, and we're up again significantly year-to-date. I think it's up another 1,500. But I appreciate the question earlier in relation to the savings that could emerge from internal innovation. But should we continue to expect the net growth in FTEs into 2027 because just the pace of FTEs kind of is -- continues to surprise, especially with the average salaries around [ EUR 120,000 ]. That would be great.

And secondly, just on NII. At your CMD, you spoke about this 4% to 5% growth in total income of EUR 22 billion base, which would have given us about EUR 25.5 billion at the top end in '27. And you had guided fee growth, which is obviously stronger and the other income, which we assume could be broadly flat. But when I think about NII, we have a much more beneficial rate curve now versus then. And so I suppose when we think about it, the real kind of issue so far has been the fact that the deposit [ beta ] has risen significantly into 2025 in your retail eurozone area. I think it's about 44% still. So I'm just kind of wondering what -- is there something going on in terms of the dynamic in terms of the deposit pricing that we should think about? I mean, I know you've got 110 basis points of deposit margin in -- next year, sorry, early into '27. But certainly, it seems to be relative to CMD with a much more beneficial rate curve that NII should have been an awful lot higher. And I'm just wondering, does this inflect significantly into '27 to meet kind of like what you would have expected the CMD? Or how should we think about that?

Thank you very much. In terms of the FTEs, yes, what you see, I think, on the press release is the internal number, and so you can never look at in isolation. You have the internal FTEs and you have the external FTEs then you have the work packages. That is how you get to your cost. And so -- but to give you a little bit of indication of that, our total internal and external FTEs in this year have been around flattish and we have more internalized FTEs, and that's why you see that number moving up. In the end, we look at investing in businesses to grow our business and increase our revenue over RWA with the right return. And we want to do that in a scalable manner so make sure that we have positive jaws, and that's where we are, we want to go to. So that's how we look at costs and how doing these actions and efficiency actions that also Tanate talked about.

In terms of your growth in fees and the NII levels that could potentially be higher based on the current rate environment and the growth in our lending, so it's well noted. Thank you for noticing it. We will provide further updates on our outlook as per the fourth quarter figures in early 2026.

Thank you. And with that, I would like to thank everybody for joining the call this morning. Good luck and a great day. I wish you, and I hope to speak to you soon again. In any case, we will speak early 2026 on the fourth quarter figures. Thank you very much.

Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.